projects / binutils-gdb.git / blob
? search:
summary | shortlog | log | commit | commitdiff | tree
history | raw | HEAD
Support hand-crafted .PARISC.unwind entries
[binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
20 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include <stdio.h>
26 #include <ctype.h>
27
28 #include "as.h"
29 #include "subsegs.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46 /* A "convient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation. */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #else
61 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
62 #endif
63
64 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
65 to store a copyright string. */
66 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
67 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
68
69 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
70 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
71
72 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
73 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
74 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
75 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
76 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
77 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
78
79 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
80 typedef int reloc_type;
81
82 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
83 #define obj_version obj_som_version
84 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
85
86 /* How to generate a relocation. */
87 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
88
89 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
90 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
91 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
92 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
93
94 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
95 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
96 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
97 #endif
98
99 #ifndef R_N0SEL
100 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
101 #endif
102
103 #ifndef R_N1SEL
104 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
105 #endif
106 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
107
108 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
109
110 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
111
112 struct unwind_desc
113 {
114 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
115 unsigned int millicode:1;
116 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
117 unsigned int region_desc:2;
118 unsigned int save_sr:2;
119 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
120 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
121 unsigned int args_stored:1;
122 unsigned int call_fr:5;
123 unsigned int call_gr:5;
124 unsigned int save_sp:1;
125 unsigned int save_rp:1;
126 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
127 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
128 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
129
130 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
131 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
132 unsigned int reserved:3;
133 unsigned int frame_size:27;
134 };
135
136 struct unwind_table
137 {
138 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
139 descriptor. */
140 unsigned int start_offset;
141 unsigned int end_offset;
142 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
143 };
144
145 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
146 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
147 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
148
149 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
150 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
151
152 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
153 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
154
155 struct call_info
156 {
157 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
158 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
159
160 /* Name of this function. */
161 symbolS *start_symbol;
162
163 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
164 symbolS *end_symbol;
165
166 /* Next entry in the chain. */
167 struct call_info *ci_next;
168 };
169
170 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
171 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
172 SGL and DBL). */
173 typedef enum
174 {
175 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
176 }
177 fp_operand_format;
178
179 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
180 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
181 (ELF has no need for it). */
182 typedef enum
183 {
184 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
185 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
186 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
187 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
188 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
189 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
190 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
191 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
192 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
193 }
194 pa_symbol_type;
195
196 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
197 individual instructions. */
198 struct pa_it
199 {
200 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
201 unsigned long opcode;
202
203 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
204 expressionS exp;
205
206 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
207 int pcrel;
208
209 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
210 fp_operand_format fpof1;
211 fp_operand_format fpof2;
212
213 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
214 int trunc;
215
216 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
217 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
218 long field_selector;
219
220 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
221 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
222 unsigned int arg_reloc;
223
224 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
225 int format;
226
227 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
228 reloc_type reloc;
229 };
230
231 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
232
233 +--------------+--------------+
234 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
235 +--------------+--------------+
236 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
237 +--------------+--------------+
238 | | |
239
240 . . .
241 . . .
242 . . .
243
244 | | |
245 +--------------+--------------+
246 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
247 +--------------+--------------+
248 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
249 +--------------+--------------+ */
250
251 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
252 struct call_desc
253 {
254 /* The argument relocation specification. */
255 unsigned int arg_reloc;
256
257 /* Number of arguments. */
258 unsigned int arg_count;
259 };
260
261 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
262 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
263 chain. */
264
265 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
266 {
267 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
268 unsigned int ssd_defined;
269
270 /* Name of this subspace. */
271 char *ssd_name;
272
273 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
274 asection *ssd_seg;
275 int ssd_subseg;
276
277 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
278 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
279 };
280
281 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
282
283 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
284 chain. */
285
286 struct space_dictionary_chain
287 {
288 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
289 as a default space. */
290 unsigned int sd_defined;
291
292 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
293 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
294
295 /* The space number (or index). */
296 unsigned int sd_spnum;
297
298 /* The name of this subspace. */
299 char *sd_name;
300
301 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
302 asection *sd_seg;
303
304 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
305 int sd_last_subseg;
306
307 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
308 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
309
310 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
311 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
312 };
313
314 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
315
316 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
317 dictionary entries. */
318
319 struct default_subspace_dict
320 {
321 /* Name of the subspace. */
322 char *name;
323
324 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
325 char defined;
326
327 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
328 char loadable;
329
330 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
331 char code_only;
332
333 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
334 char common;
335
336 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
337 to be multiply defined. */
338 char dup_common;
339
340 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
341 char zero;
342
343 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
344 unsigned char sort;
345
346 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
347 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
348 int access;
349
350 /* Index of containing space. */
351 int space_index;
352
353 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
354 int alignment;
355
356 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
357 int quadrant;
358
359 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
360 int def_space_index;
361
362 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
363 subsegT subsegment;
364 };
365
366 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
367 dictionary entries. */
368
369 struct default_space_dict
370 {
371 /* Name of the space. */
372 char *name;
373
374 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
375 assembly code numerically! */
376 int spnum;
377
378 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
379 char loadable;
380
381 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
382 char defined;
383
384 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
385 char private;
386
387 /* Sort key for this space. */
388 unsigned char sort;
389
390 /* Segment associated with this space. */
391 asection *segment;
392 };
393 #endif
394
395 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
396 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
397 label. */
398 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
399 {
400 struct symbol *lss_label;
401 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
402 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
403 #endif
404 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
405 segT lss_segment;
406 #endif
407 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
408 }
409 label_symbol_struct;
410
411 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
412 struct hppa_fix_struct
413 {
414 /* The field selector. */
415 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
416
417 /* Type of fixup. */
418 int fx_r_type;
419
420 /* Format of fixup. */
421 int fx_r_format;
422
423 /* Argument relocation bits. */
424 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
425
426 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
427 segT segment;
428 };
429
430 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
431
432 struct pd_reg
433 {
434 char *name;
435 int value;
436 };
437
438 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
439 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
440 struct fp_cond_map
441 {
442 char *string;
443 int cond;
444 };
445
446 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
447 string to a field selector type. */
448 struct selector_entry
449 {
450 char *prefix;
451 int field_selector;
452 };
453
454 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
455
456 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
457 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace PARAMS ((void));
458 #endif
459
460 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
461 static void pa_text PARAMS ((int));
462 static void pa_data PARAMS ((int));
463 static void pa_comm PARAMS ((int));
464 #endif
465 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_format PARAMS ((char **s));
466 static void pa_cons PARAMS ((int));
467 static void pa_float_cons PARAMS ((int));
468 static void pa_fill PARAMS ((int));
469 static void pa_lcomm PARAMS ((int));
470 static void pa_lsym PARAMS ((int));
471 static void pa_stringer PARAMS ((int));
472 static void pa_version PARAMS ((int));
473 static int pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond PARAMS ((char **));
474 static int get_expression PARAMS ((char *));
475 static int pa_get_absolute_expression PARAMS ((struct pa_it *, char **));
476 static int evaluate_absolute PARAMS ((struct pa_it *));
477 static unsigned int pa_build_arg_reloc PARAMS ((char *));
478 static unsigned int pa_align_arg_reloc PARAMS ((unsigned int, unsigned int));
479 static int pa_parse_nullif PARAMS ((char **));
480 static int pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
481 static int pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
482 static int pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
483 static int pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **, int));
484 static int pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
485 static int pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
486 static int pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr PARAMS ((char **));
487 static void pa_block PARAMS ((int));
488 static void pa_brtab PARAMS ((int));
489 static void pa_try PARAMS ((int));
490 static void pa_call PARAMS ((int));
491 static void pa_call_args PARAMS ((struct call_desc *));
492 static void pa_callinfo PARAMS ((int));
493 static void pa_copyright PARAMS ((int));
494 static void pa_end PARAMS ((int));
495 static void pa_enter PARAMS ((int));
496 static void pa_entry PARAMS ((int));
497 static void pa_equ PARAMS ((int));
498 static void pa_exit PARAMS ((int));
499 static void pa_export PARAMS ((int));
500 static void pa_type_args PARAMS ((symbolS *, int));
501 static void pa_import PARAMS ((int));
502 static void pa_label PARAMS ((int));
503 static void pa_leave PARAMS ((int));
504 static void pa_level PARAMS ((int));
505 static void pa_origin PARAMS ((int));
506 static void pa_proc PARAMS ((int));
507 static void pa_procend PARAMS ((int));
508 static void pa_param PARAMS ((int));
509 static void pa_undefine_label PARAMS ((void));
510 static int need_pa11_opcode PARAMS ((void));
511 static int pa_parse_number PARAMS ((char **, int));
512 static label_symbol_struct *pa_get_label PARAMS ((void));
513 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
514 static int log2 PARAMS ((int));
515 static void pa_compiler PARAMS ((int));
516 static void pa_align PARAMS ((int));
517 static void pa_space PARAMS ((int));
518 static void pa_spnum PARAMS ((int));
519 static void pa_subspace PARAMS ((int));
520 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space PARAMS ((char *, int, int,
521 int, int, int,
522 asection *, int));
523 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
524 char *, int, int,
525 int, int, int,
526 int, int, int, int,
527 int, asection *));
528 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *,
529 char *, int, int, int,
530 int, int, int, int,
531 int, int, int,
532 asection *));
533 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space PARAMS ((char *));
534 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace PARAMS ((char *));
535 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space PARAMS ((asection *));
536 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace PARAMS ((asection *,
537 subsegT));
538 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number PARAMS ((int));
539 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *, int));
540 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt PARAMS ((char *, int));
541 static int pa_next_subseg PARAMS ((sd_chain_struct *));
542 static void pa_spaces_begin PARAMS ((void));
543 #endif
544 static void pa_ip PARAMS ((char *));
545 static void fix_new_hppa PARAMS ((fragS *, int, int, symbolS *,
546 offsetT, expressionS *, int,
547 bfd_reloc_code_real_type,
548 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt,
549 int, unsigned int, int *));
550 static int is_end_of_statement PARAMS ((void));
551 static int reg_name_search PARAMS ((char *));
552 static int pa_chk_field_selector PARAMS ((char **));
553 static int is_same_frag PARAMS ((fragS *, fragS *));
554 static void process_exit PARAMS ((void));
555 static unsigned int pa_stringer_aux PARAMS ((char *));
556 static fp_operand_format pa_parse_fp_cnv_format PARAMS ((char **s));
557 static int pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer PARAMS ((char **));
558
559 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
560 static void hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function PARAMS ((void));
561 static void pa_build_unwind_subspace PARAMS ((struct call_info *));
562 static void pa_vtable_entry PARAMS ((int));
563 static void pa_vtable_inherit PARAMS ((int));
564 #endif
565
566 /* File and gloally scoped variable declarations. */
567
568 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
569 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
570 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
571 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
572
573 /* The current space and subspace. */
574 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
575 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
576 #endif
577
578 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
579 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
580
581 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
582 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
583 function labels. */
584 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
585
586 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
587 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
588
589 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
590 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
591
592 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
593 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
594 dependent tables? */
595 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
596 {
597 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
598 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
599 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
600 {"align", pa_align, 8},
601 #endif
602 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
603 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
604 #endif
605 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
606 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
607 {"block", pa_block, 1},
608 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
609 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
610 {"call", pa_call, 0},
611 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
612 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)
613 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
614 #else
615 {"code", pa_text, 0},
616 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
617 #endif
618 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
619 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
620 #endif
621 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
622 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
623 {"data", pa_data, 0},
624 #endif
625 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
626 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
627 {"end", pa_end, 0},
628 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
629 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
630 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
631 #endif
632 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
633 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
634 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
635 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
636 {"export", pa_export, 0},
637 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
638 {"file", dwarf2_directive_file, 0 },
639 #endif
640 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
641 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
642 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
643 {"import", pa_import, 0},
644 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
645 {"label", pa_label, 0},
646 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
647 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
648 {"level", pa_level, 0},
649 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
650 {"loc", dwarf2_directive_loc, 0 },
651 #endif
652 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
653 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
654 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
655 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
656 #endif
657 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
658 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
659 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
660 {"param", pa_param, 0},
661 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
662 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
663 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
664 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
665 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
666 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
667 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
668 {"space", pa_space, 0},
669 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
670 #endif
671 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
672 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
673 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
674 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
675 #endif
676 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
677 {"text", pa_text, 0},
678 #endif
679 {"version", pa_version, 0},
680 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
681 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
682 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
683 #endif
684 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
685 {NULL, 0, 0}
686 };
687
688 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
689 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
690 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
691
692 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
693 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
694 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
695
696 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
697 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
698
699 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
700 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
701 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
702
703 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
704 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
705
706 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
707 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
708
709 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
710 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
711
712 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
713 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't hae to know abou it at
714 all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
715 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
716
717 static struct pa_it the_insn;
718
719 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expressoin
720 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
721 variable. */
722 static char *expr_end;
723
724 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
725 static int callinfo_found;
726
727 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
728 static int within_entry_exit;
729
730 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
731 static int within_procedure;
732
733 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
734 seen in each subspace. */
735 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
736
737 /* Holds the last field selector. */
738 static int hppa_field_selector;
739
740 /* Nonzero when strict syntax checking is enabled. Zero otherwise.
741
742 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or not
743 strict syntax checking should be enabled for that instruction. */
744 static int strict = 0;
745
746 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
747 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
748 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
749 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
750 register has a `r' suffix. */
751 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
752 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
753 static int pa_number;
754
755 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
756 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
757 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
758 #endif
759
760 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
761 static int print_errors = 1;
762
763 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
764
765 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
766 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
767
768 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
769 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
770
771 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
772 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
773 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
774 again have the value <REGNUM>.
775
776 Many registers also have synonyms:
777
778 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
779 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
780 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
781 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
782 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
783
784 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
785 here for brevity.
786
787 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
788
789 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
790 {
791 {"%arg0", 26},
792 {"%arg1", 25},
793 {"%arg2", 24},
794 {"%arg3", 23},
795 {"%cr0", 0},
796 {"%cr10", 10},
797 {"%cr11", 11},
798 {"%cr12", 12},
799 {"%cr13", 13},
800 {"%cr14", 14},
801 {"%cr15", 15},
802 {"%cr16", 16},
803 {"%cr17", 17},
804 {"%cr18", 18},
805 {"%cr19", 19},
806 {"%cr20", 20},
807 {"%cr21", 21},
808 {"%cr22", 22},
809 {"%cr23", 23},
810 {"%cr24", 24},
811 {"%cr25", 25},
812 {"%cr26", 26},
813 {"%cr27", 27},
814 {"%cr28", 28},
815 {"%cr29", 29},
816 {"%cr30", 30},
817 {"%cr31", 31},
818 {"%cr8", 8},
819 {"%cr9", 9},
820 {"%dp", 27},
821 {"%eiem", 15},
822 {"%eirr", 23},
823 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
824 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
825 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
826 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
827 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
828 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
829 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
830 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
831 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
832 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
833 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
834 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
835 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
836 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
837 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
838 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
839 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
840 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
841 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
842 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
843 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
844 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
845 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
846 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
847 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
848 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
849 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
850 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
851 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
852 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
853 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
854 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
855 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
856 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
857 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
858 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
859 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
860 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
861 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
862 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
863 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
864 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
865 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
866 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
867 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
868 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
869 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
870 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
871 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
872 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
873 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
874 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
875 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
876 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
877 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
878 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
879 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
880 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
881 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
882 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
883 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
884 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
885 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
886 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
887 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
888 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
889 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
890 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
891 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
892 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
893 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
894 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
895 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
896 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
897 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
898 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
899 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
900 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
901 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
902 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
903 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
904 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
905 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
906 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
907 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
908 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
909 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
910 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
911 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
912 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
913 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
914 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
915 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
916 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
917 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
918 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
919 {"%hta", 25},
920 {"%iir", 19},
921 {"%ior", 21},
922 {"%ipsw", 22},
923 {"%isr", 20},
924 {"%itmr", 16},
925 {"%iva", 14},
926 {"%pcoq", 18},
927 {"%pcsq", 17},
928 {"%pidr1", 8},
929 {"%pidr2", 9},
930 {"%pidr3", 12},
931 {"%pidr4", 13},
932 {"%ppda", 24},
933 {"%r0", 0},
934 {"%r1", 1},
935 {"%r10", 10},
936 {"%r11", 11},
937 {"%r12", 12},
938 {"%r13", 13},
939 {"%r14", 14},
940 {"%r15", 15},
941 {"%r16", 16},
942 {"%r17", 17},
943 {"%r18", 18},
944 {"%r19", 19},
945 {"%r2", 2},
946 {"%r20", 20},
947 {"%r21", 21},
948 {"%r22", 22},
949 {"%r23", 23},
950 {"%r24", 24},
951 {"%r25", 25},
952 {"%r26", 26},
953 {"%r27", 27},
954 {"%r28", 28},
955 {"%r29", 29},
956 {"%r3", 3},
957 {"%r30", 30},
958 {"%r31", 31},
959 {"%r4", 4},
960 {"%r5", 5},
961 {"%r6", 6},
962 {"%r7", 7},
963 {"%r8", 8},
964 {"%r9", 9},
965 {"%rctr", 0},
966 {"%ret0", 28},
967 {"%ret1", 29},
968 {"%rp", 2},
969 {"%sar", 11},
970 {"%sp", 30},
971 {"%sr0", 0},
972 {"%sr1", 1},
973 {"%sr2", 2},
974 {"%sr3", 3},
975 {"%sr4", 4},
976 {"%sr5", 5},
977 {"%sr6", 6},
978 {"%sr7", 7},
979 {"%tr0", 24},
980 {"%tr1", 25},
981 {"%tr2", 26},
982 {"%tr3", 27},
983 {"%tr4", 28},
984 {"%tr5", 29},
985 {"%tr6", 30},
986 {"%tr7", 31}
987 };
988
989 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
990 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
991 for < first, we would get a false match. */
992 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
993 {
994 {"false?", 0},
995 {"false", 1},
996 {"true?", 30},
997 {"true", 31},
998 {"!<=>", 3},
999 {"!?>=", 8},
1000 {"!?<=", 16},
1001 {"!<>", 7},
1002 {"!>=", 11},
1003 {"!?>", 12},
1004 {"?<=", 14},
1005 {"!<=", 19},
1006 {"!?<", 20},
1007 {"?>=", 22},
1008 {"!?=", 24},
1009 {"!=t", 27},
1010 {"<=>", 29},
1011 {"=t", 5},
1012 {"?=", 6},
1013 {"?<", 10},
1014 {"<=", 13},
1015 {"!>", 15},
1016 {"?>", 18},
1017 {">=", 21},
1018 {"!<", 23},
1019 {"<>", 25},
1020 {"!=", 26},
1021 {"!?", 28},
1022 {"?", 2},
1023 {"=", 4},
1024 {"<", 9},
1025 {">", 17}
1026 };
1027
1028 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
1029 {
1030 {"f", e_fsel},
1031 {"l", e_lsel},
1032 {"ld", e_ldsel},
1033 {"lp", e_lpsel},
1034 {"lr", e_lrsel},
1035 {"ls", e_lssel},
1036 {"lt", e_ltsel},
1037 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
1038 {"n", e_nsel},
1039 {"nl", e_nlsel},
1040 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
1041 {"p", e_psel},
1042 {"r", e_rsel},
1043 {"rd", e_rdsel},
1044 {"rp", e_rpsel},
1045 {"rr", e_rrsel},
1046 {"rs", e_rssel},
1047 {"rt", e_rtsel},
1048 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
1049 {"t", e_tsel},
1050 };
1051
1052 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1053 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
1054
1055 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1056 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
1057
1058 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
1059 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
1060 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
1061 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
1062 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
1063 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
1064 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
1065 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
1066 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
1067
1068 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
1069 {
1070 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
1071 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
1072 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
1073 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
1074 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
1075 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
1076 };
1077
1078 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
1079 {
1080 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
1081 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
1082 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
1083 };
1084
1085 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
1086
1087 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
1088 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
1089 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
1090 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
1091 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
1092
1093 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
1094 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
1095 #endif
1096
1097 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
1098 a right or left half of a FP register */
1099 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
1100 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
1101
1102 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1103 main loop after insertion. */
1104
1105 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1106 { \
1107 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1108 continue; \
1109 }
1110
1111 /* Simple range checking for FIELD againt HIGH and LOW bounds.
1112 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1113
1114 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1115 { \
1116 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1117 { \
1118 if (! IGNORE) \
1119 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1120 (int) (FIELD));\
1121 break; \
1122 } \
1123 }
1124
1125 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD againt ALIGN (a power of two).
1126 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1127
1128 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1129 { \
1130 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1131 { \
1132 if (! IGNORE) \
1133 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1134 (int) (FIELD));\
1135 break; \
1136 } \
1137 }
1138
1139 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1140 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1141 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1142
1143 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1144 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1145 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1146
1147 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1148 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1149 need real complex handling yet. */
1150 #define is_complex(exp) \
1151 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1152
1153 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1154
1155 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1156 proc/procend pairs match. */
1157
1158 void
1159 pa_check_eof ()
1160 {
1161 if (within_entry_exit)
1162 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1163
1164 if (within_procedure)
1165 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1166 }
1167
1168 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1169 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1170
1171 static label_symbol_struct *
1172 pa_get_label ()
1173 {
1174 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1175
1176 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1177 label_chain;
1178 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1179 {
1180 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1181 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1182 return label_chain;
1183 #endif
1184 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1185 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1186 return label_chain;
1187 #endif
1188 }
1189
1190 return NULL;
1191 }
1192
1193 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1194 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1195
1196 void
1197 pa_define_label (symbol)
1198 symbolS *symbol;
1199 {
1200 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1201
1202 if (label_chain)
1203 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1204 else
1205 {
1206 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1207 label_chain
1208 = (label_symbol_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1209 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1210 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1211 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1212 #endif
1213 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1214 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1215 #endif
1216 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1217
1218 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1219 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1220
1221 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1222 }
1223 }
1224
1225 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1226 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1227
1228 static void
1229 pa_undefine_label ()
1230 {
1231 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1232 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1233
1234 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1235 label_chain;
1236 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1237 {
1238 if (1
1239 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1240 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1241 #endif
1242 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1243 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1244 #endif
1245 )
1246 {
1247 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1248 if (prev_label_chain)
1249 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1250 else
1251 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1252
1253 free (label_chain);
1254 break;
1255 }
1256 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1257 }
1258 }
1259
1260 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1261 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1262 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1263 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1264 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1265 tc_fix_data field. */
1266
1267 static void
1268 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, exp, pcrel,
1269 r_type, r_field, r_format, arg_reloc, unwind_bits)
1270 fragS *frag;
1271 int where;
1272 int size;
1273 symbolS *add_symbol;
1274 offsetT offset;
1275 expressionS *exp;
1276 int pcrel;
1277 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type;
1278 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field;
1279 int r_format;
1280 unsigned int arg_reloc;
1281 int* unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1282 {
1283 fixS *new_fix;
1284
1285 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
1286 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1287
1288 if (exp != NULL)
1289 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1290 else
1291 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1292 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1293 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1294 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1295 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1296 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1297 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1298 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1299 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1300 new_fix->fx_offset = *unwind_bits;
1301 #endif
1302
1303 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1304 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1305 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1306 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1307 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1308 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0))
1309 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1310 }
1311
1312 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
1313 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
1314
1315 void
1316 parse_cons_expression_hppa (exp)
1317 expressionS *exp;
1318 {
1319 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
1320 expression (exp);
1321 }
1322
1323 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1324 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1325
1326 void
1327 cons_fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, exp)
1328 fragS *frag;
1329 int where;
1330 int size;
1331 expressionS *exp;
1332 {
1333 unsigned int rel_type;
1334
1335 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1336 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1337 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1338 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1339 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1340 else
1341 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1342
1343 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1344 {
1345 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1346 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1347 }
1348
1349 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1350 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1351 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, NULL);
1352
1353 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1354 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1355 }
1356
1357 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
1358 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
1359
1360 void
1361 md_begin ()
1362 {
1363 const char *retval = NULL;
1364 int lose = 0;
1365 unsigned int i = 0;
1366
1367 last_call_info = NULL;
1368 call_info_root = NULL;
1369
1370 /* Set the default machine type. */
1371 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
1372 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
1373
1374 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
1375 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
1376 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
1377 {
1378 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
1379 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
1380 }
1381
1382 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1383 pa_spaces_begin ();
1384 #endif
1385
1386 op_hash = hash_new ();
1387
1388 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
1389 {
1390 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
1391 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
1392 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
1393 {
1394 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
1395 lose = 1;
1396 }
1397 do
1398 {
1399 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
1400 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
1401 {
1402 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
1403 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
1404 lose = 1;
1405 }
1406 ++i;
1407 }
1408 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
1409 }
1410
1411 if (lose)
1412 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
1413
1414 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1415 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
1416 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
1417 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
1418 #endif
1419
1420 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1421 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
1422 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
1423 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
1424 (void) symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1425 #endif
1426 }
1427
1428 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
1429 void
1430 md_assemble (str)
1431 char *str;
1432 {
1433 char *to;
1434
1435 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
1436 assert (str);
1437
1438 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
1439 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
1440 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
1441
1442 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
1443 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
1444 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
1445 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
1446 {
1447 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
1448
1449 if (label_symbol)
1450 {
1451 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
1452 {
1453 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
1454 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
1455 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
1456 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1457 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
1458 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
1459 if (within_entry_exit)
1460 {
1461 char *where = frag_more (0);
1462
1463 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
1464 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
1465 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
1466 (int *)&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
1467 }
1468 #endif
1469 }
1470 else
1471 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
1472 }
1473 else
1474 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
1475 }
1476
1477 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
1478 pa_ip (str);
1479
1480 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instrution. */
1481 to = frag_more (4);
1482
1483 /* Output the opcode. */
1484 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
1485
1486 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
1487 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
1488 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
1489 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
1490 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
1491 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, NULL);
1492
1493 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1494 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1495 #endif
1496 }
1497
1498 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
1499 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
1500
1501 static void
1502 pa_ip (str)
1503 char *str;
1504 {
1505 char *error_message = "";
1506 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
1507 const char *args;
1508 int match = FALSE;
1509 int comma = 0;
1510 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
1511 unsigned long opcode;
1512 struct pa_opcode *insn;
1513
1514 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1515 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
1516 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
1517 #endif
1518
1519 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
1520 case. */
1521 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
1522 if (isupper (*s))
1523 *s = tolower (*s);
1524
1525 /* Skip to something interesting. */
1526 for (s = str; isupper (*s) || islower (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3'); ++s)
1527 ;
1528
1529 switch (*s)
1530 {
1531
1532 case '\0':
1533 break;
1534
1535 case ',':
1536 comma = 1;
1537
1538 /*FALLTHROUGH */
1539
1540 case ' ':
1541 *s++ = '\0';
1542 break;
1543
1544 default:
1545 as_fatal (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
1546 }
1547
1548 save_s = str;
1549
1550 /* Look up the opcode in the has table. */
1551 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
1552 {
1553 as_bad ("Unknown opcode: `%s'", str);
1554 return;
1555 }
1556
1557 if (comma)
1558 {
1559 *--s = ',';
1560 }
1561
1562 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
1563 start processing them. */
1564 argstart = s;
1565 for (;;)
1566 {
1567 /* Do some initialization. */
1568 opcode = insn->match;
1569 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
1570 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
1571
1572 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
1573
1574 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
1575 then set a new architecture. */
1576 /* But do not automatically promote to pa2.0. The automatic promotion
1577 crud is for compatability with HP's old assemblers only. */
1578 if (insn->arch < 20
1579 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1580 {
1581 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
1582 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
1583 }
1584 else if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
1585 {
1586 match = FALSE;
1587 goto failed;
1588 }
1589
1590 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
1591 sure that the operands match. */
1592 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
1593 {
1594 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
1595 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1596 s++;
1597
1598 switch (*args)
1599 {
1600
1601 /* End of arguments. */
1602 case '\0':
1603 if (*s == '\0')
1604 match = TRUE;
1605 break;
1606
1607 case '+':
1608 if (*s == '+')
1609 {
1610 ++s;
1611 continue;
1612 }
1613 if (*s == '-')
1614 continue;
1615 break;
1616
1617 /* These must match exactly. */
1618 case '(':
1619 case ')':
1620 case ',':
1621 case ' ':
1622 if (*s++ == *args)
1623 continue;
1624 break;
1625
1626 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
1627 case 'b':
1628 case '^':
1629 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1630 break;
1631 num = pa_number;
1632 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1633 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1634
1635 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
1636 is there. */
1637 case '!':
1638 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
1639 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
1640 s = s + 1;
1641
1642 if (!strncasecmp(s, "%sar", 4))
1643 {
1644 s += 4;
1645 continue;
1646 }
1647 else if (!strncasecmp(s, "%cr11", 5))
1648 {
1649 s += 5;
1650 continue;
1651 }
1652 break;
1653
1654 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
1655 case 'x':
1656 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1657 break;
1658 num = pa_number;
1659 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1660 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1661
1662 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
1663 case 't':
1664 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1665 break;
1666 num = pa_number;
1667 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1668 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1669
1670 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
1671 case 'a':
1672 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1673 break;
1674 num = pa_number;
1675 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
1676 opcode |= num << 16;
1677 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
1678
1679 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
1680 case 'T':
1681 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1682 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1683 break;
1684 s = expr_end;
1685 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
1686 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
1687
1688 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1689 case '5':
1690 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1691 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1692 break;
1693 s = expr_end;
1694 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1695 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1696 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1697 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1698 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1699
1700 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1701 case 'V':
1702 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1703 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1704 break;
1705 s = expr_end;
1706 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
1707 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
1708 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
1709 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
1710 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1711
1712 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
1713 case 'r':
1714 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1715 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1716 break;
1717 s = expr_end;
1718 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1719 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
1720
1721 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
1722 case 'R':
1723 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1724 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1725 break;
1726 s = expr_end;
1727 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
1728 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1729
1730 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
1731 case 'U':
1732 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
1733 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
1734 break;
1735 s = expr_end;
1736 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
1737 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
1738
1739 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
1740 case 's':
1741 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1742 break;
1743 num = pa_number;
1744 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
1745 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
1746
1747 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
1748 case 'S':
1749 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
1750 break;
1751 num = pa_number;
1752 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
1753 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
1754 continue;
1755
1756 /* Handle all completers. */
1757 case 'c':
1758 switch (*++args)
1759 {
1760
1761 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
1762 case 'x':
1763 {
1764 int uu = 0;
1765 int m = 0;
1766 int i = 0;
1767 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1768 {
1769 s++;
1770 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
1771 {
1772 uu = 1;
1773 m = 1;
1774 s++;
1775 i++;
1776 }
1777 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1778 m = 1;
1779 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
1780 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
1781 uu = 1;
1782 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1783 else if (strict)
1784 {
1785 s--;
1786 break;
1787 }
1788 else
1789 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
1790 s++;
1791 i++;
1792 }
1793 if (i > 2)
1794 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
1795 opcode |= m << 5;
1796 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
1797 }
1798
1799 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
1800 case 'm':
1801 case 'q':
1802 case 'J':
1803 case 'e':
1804 {
1805 int a = 0;
1806 int m = 0;
1807 if (*s == ',')
1808 {
1809 int found = 0;
1810 s++;
1811 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
1812 {
1813 a = 0;
1814 m = 1;
1815 found = 1;
1816 }
1817 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
1818 {
1819 a = 1;
1820 m = 1;
1821 found = 1;
1822 }
1823
1824 /* When in strict mode, pass through for cache op. */
1825 if (!found && strict)
1826 s--;
1827 else
1828 {
1829 if (!found)
1830 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
1831 s += 2;
1832 }
1833 }
1834 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
1835 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
1836 else if (*args == 'e')
1837 break;
1838
1839 /* 'J', 'm' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
1840 encode the before/after field. */
1841 if (*args == 'm')
1842 {
1843 opcode |= m << 5;
1844 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1845 }
1846 else if (*args == 'q')
1847 {
1848 opcode |= m << 3;
1849 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1850 }
1851 else if (*args == 'J')
1852 {
1853 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
1854 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
1855 }
1856 else if (*args == 'e')
1857 {
1858 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
1859 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
1860 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
1861 opcode |= a;
1862 continue;
1863 }
1864 }
1865
1866 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
1867 case 's':
1868 {
1869 int a = 0;
1870 int m = 0;
1871 int i = 0;
1872 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
1873 {
1874 s++;
1875 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
1876 m = 1;
1877 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
1878 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
1879 a = 0;
1880 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
1881 a = 1;
1882 /* When in strict mode this is a match failure. */
1883 else if (strict)
1884 {
1885 s--;
1886 break;
1887 }
1888 else
1889 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1890 s++;
1891 i++;
1892 }
1893 if (i > 2)
1894 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
1895 opcode |= m << 5;
1896 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
1897 }
1898
1899 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
1900 case 'c':
1901 cmpltr = 0;
1902 if (!strncmp(s, ",sl", 3))
1903 {
1904 s += 3;
1905 cmpltr = 2;
1906 }
1907 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1908
1909 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
1910 case 'C':
1911 cmpltr = 0;
1912 if (!strncmp(s, ",sl", 3))
1913 {
1914 s += 3;
1915 cmpltr = 2;
1916 }
1917 else if (!strncmp(s, ",bc", 3))
1918 {
1919 s += 3;
1920 cmpltr = 1;
1921 }
1922 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1923
1924 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
1925 case 'd':
1926 cmpltr = 0;
1927 if (!strncmp(s, ",co", 3))
1928 {
1929 s += 3;
1930 cmpltr = 1;
1931 }
1932 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
1933
1934 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
1935 case 'o':
1936 if (strncmp(s, ",o", 2) != 0)
1937 break;
1938 s += 2;
1939 continue;
1940
1941 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
1942 case 'g':
1943 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
1944 break;
1945 s += 5;
1946 continue;
1947
1948 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
1949 case 'p':
1950 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
1951 break;
1952 s += 7;
1953 continue;
1954
1955 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
1956 case 'l':
1957 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
1958 break;
1959 s += 2;
1960 continue;
1961
1962 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
1963 case 'P':
1964 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
1965 break;
1966 s += 4;
1967 continue;
1968
1969 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
1970 case 'L':
1971 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
1972 break;
1973 s += 2;
1974 continue;
1975
1976 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
1977 case 'w':
1978 flag = 0;
1979 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
1980 {
1981 flag = 1;
1982 s += 2;
1983 }
1984 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
1985 {
1986 flag = 0;
1987 s += 2;
1988 }
1989
1990 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
1991
1992 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
1993 case 'W':
1994 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
1995 break;
1996 s += 2;
1997 continue;
1998
1999 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
2000 case 'r':
2001 flag = 0;
2002 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
2003 {
2004 flag = 5;
2005 s += 2;
2006 }
2007
2008 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2009
2010 /* Handle a system control completer. */
2011 case 'Z':
2012 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
2013 {
2014 flag = 1;
2015 s += 2;
2016 }
2017 else
2018 flag = 0;
2019
2020 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
2021
2022 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
2023 case 'i':
2024 flag = 0;
2025 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
2026 {
2027 flag = 1;
2028 s += 2;
2029 }
2030
2031 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2032
2033 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
2034 case 'z':
2035 flag = 1;
2036 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
2037 {
2038 flag = 0;
2039 s += 2;
2040 }
2041
2042 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2043
2044 /* Handle add completer. */
2045 case 'a':
2046 flag = 1;
2047 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
2048 {
2049 flag = 2;
2050 s += 2;
2051 }
2052 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2053 {
2054 flag = 3;
2055 s += 4;
2056 }
2057
2058 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
2059
2060 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
2061 case 'Y':
2062 flag = 0;
2063 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
2064 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
2065 {
2066 flag = 1;
2067 s += 7;
2068 }
2069 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
2070 {
2071 flag = 0;
2072 s += 3;
2073 }
2074 else
2075 break;
2076
2077 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2078
2079 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
2080 case 'y':
2081 flag = 0;
2082 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
2083 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
2084 {
2085 flag = 1;
2086 s += 6;
2087 }
2088 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
2089 {
2090 flag = 0;
2091 s += 2;
2092 }
2093 else
2094 break;
2095
2096 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2097
2098 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
2099 case 'v':
2100 flag = 0;
2101 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
2102 {
2103 flag = 1;
2104 s += 4;
2105 }
2106
2107 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2108
2109 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
2110 case 't':
2111 flag = 0;
2112 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
2113 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
2114 {
2115 flag = 1;
2116 s += 7;
2117 }
2118 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2119 {
2120 flag = 0;
2121 s += 3;
2122 }
2123 else
2124 break;
2125
2126 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2127
2128 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
2129 case 'B':
2130 flag = 0;
2131 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
2132 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
2133 {
2134 flag = 1;
2135 s += 7;
2136 }
2137 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
2138 {
2139 flag = 0;
2140 s += 3;
2141 }
2142 else
2143 break;
2144
2145 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2146
2147 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
2148 case 'b':
2149 flag = 0;
2150 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
2151 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
2152 {
2153 flag = 1;
2154 s += 6;
2155 }
2156 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
2157 {
2158 flag = 0;
2159 s += 2;
2160 }
2161 else
2162 break;
2163
2164 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
2165
2166 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
2167 case 'T':
2168 flag = 0;
2169 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
2170 {
2171 flag = 1;
2172 s += 3;
2173 }
2174
2175 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
2176
2177 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
2178 case 'S':
2179 {
2180 int sign = 1;
2181 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
2182 {
2183 sign = 1;
2184 s += 2;
2185 }
2186 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
2187 {
2188 sign = 0;
2189 s += 2;
2190 }
2191
2192 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
2193 }
2194
2195 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
2196 case 'h':
2197 if (*s++ == ',')
2198 {
2199 int lr = 0;
2200 if (*s == 'r')
2201 lr = 2;
2202 else if (*s == 'l')
2203 lr = 0;
2204 else
2205 as_bad(_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2206
2207 s++;
2208 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
2209 }
2210 else
2211 as_bad(_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
2212 break;
2213
2214 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
2215 case 'H':
2216 {
2217 int sat = 3;
2218 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
2219 {
2220 sat = 1;
2221 s += 3;
2222 }
2223 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
2224 {
2225 sat = 0;
2226 s += 3;
2227 }
2228
2229 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
2230 }
2231
2232 /* Handle permutation completer. */
2233 case '*':
2234 if (*s++ == ',')
2235 {
2236 int permloc[4];
2237 int perm = 0;
2238 int i = 0;
2239 permloc[0] = 13;
2240 permloc[1] = 10;
2241 permloc[2] = 8;
2242 permloc[3] = 6;
2243 for (; i < 4; i++)
2244 {
2245 switch (*s++)
2246 {
2247 case '0':
2248 perm = 0;
2249 break;
2250 case '1':
2251 perm = 1;
2252 break;
2253 case '2':
2254 perm = 2;
2255 break;
2256 case '3':
2257 perm = 3;
2258 break;
2259 default:
2260 as_bad(_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2261 }
2262 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
2263 }
2264 continue;
2265 }
2266 else
2267 as_bad(_("Invalid permutation completer"));
2268 break;
2269
2270 default:
2271 abort ();
2272 }
2273 break;
2274
2275 /* Handle all conditions. */
2276 case '?':
2277 {
2278 args++;
2279 switch (*args)
2280 {
2281 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
2282 case 'f':
2283 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
2284 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
2285
2286 /* Handle an add condition. */
2287 case 'A':
2288 case 'a':
2289 cmpltr = 0;
2290 flag = 0;
2291 if (*s == ',')
2292 {
2293 s++;
2294
2295 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2296 if (*args == 'A')
2297 {
2298 if (*s == '*')
2299 s++;
2300 else
2301 break;
2302 }
2303 else if (*s == '*')
2304 break;
2305 name = s;
2306
2307 name = s;
2308 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2309 s += 1;
2310 c = *s;
2311 *s = 0x00;
2312 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2313 cmpltr = 1;
2314 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2315 cmpltr = 2;
2316 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2317 cmpltr = 3;
2318 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2319 cmpltr = 4;
2320 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2321 cmpltr = 5;
2322 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2323 cmpltr = 6;
2324 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2325 cmpltr = 7;
2326 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2327 {
2328 cmpltr = 0;
2329 flag = 1;
2330 }
2331 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2332 {
2333 cmpltr = 1;
2334 flag = 1;
2335 }
2336 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2337 {
2338 cmpltr = 2;
2339 flag = 1;
2340 }
2341 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2342 {
2343 cmpltr = 3;
2344 flag = 1;
2345 }
2346 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
2347 {
2348 cmpltr = 4;
2349 flag = 1;
2350 }
2351 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
2352 {
2353 cmpltr = 5;
2354 flag = 1;
2355 }
2356 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2357 {
2358 cmpltr = 6;
2359 flag = 1;
2360 }
2361 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2362 {
2363 cmpltr = 7;
2364 flag = 1;
2365 }
2366 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2367 else if (*args == 'a')
2368 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
2369 *s = c;
2370 }
2371 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2372 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2373
2374 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
2375 case 'd':
2376 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2377 if (cmpltr < 0)
2378 {
2379 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2380 cmpltr = 0;
2381 }
2382 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2383
2384 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
2385 case 'W':
2386 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2387 if (cmpltr < 0)
2388 {
2389 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2390 cmpltr = 0;
2391 }
2392 else
2393 {
2394 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2395 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
2396 }
2397 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2398
2399 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
2400 condition. */
2401 case '@':
2402 save_s = s;
2403 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2404 if (cmpltr < 0)
2405 {
2406 s = save_s;
2407 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2408 if (cmpltr < 0)
2409 {
2410 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
2411 cmpltr = 0;
2412 }
2413 else
2414 {
2415 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2416 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2417 }
2418 }
2419 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2420
2421 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
2422 case 'B':
2423 case 'b':
2424 cmpltr = 0;
2425 if (*s == ',')
2426 {
2427 s++;
2428
2429 if (*args == 'B')
2430 {
2431 if (*s == '*')
2432 s++;
2433 else
2434 break;
2435 }
2436 else if (*s == '*')
2437 break;
2438
2439 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
2440 {
2441 cmpltr = 0;
2442 s++;
2443 }
2444 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
2445 {
2446 cmpltr = 1;
2447 s += 2;
2448 }
2449 else
2450 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
2451 }
2452 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
2453
2454 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
2455 case 'S':
2456 case 's':
2457 cmpltr = 0;
2458 flag = 0;
2459 if (*s == ',')
2460 {
2461 s++;
2462
2463 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2464 if (*args == 'S')
2465 {
2466 if (*s == '*')
2467 s++;
2468 else
2469 break;
2470 }
2471 else if (*s == '*')
2472 break;
2473 name = s;
2474
2475 name = s;
2476 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2477 s += 1;
2478 c = *s;
2479 *s = 0x00;
2480 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2481 cmpltr = 1;
2482 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2483 cmpltr = 2;
2484 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2485 cmpltr = 3;
2486 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2487 cmpltr = 4;
2488 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2489 cmpltr = 5;
2490 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2491 cmpltr = 6;
2492 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2493 cmpltr = 7;
2494 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2495 {
2496 cmpltr = 0;
2497 flag = 1;
2498 }
2499 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2500 {
2501 cmpltr = 1;
2502 flag = 1;
2503 }
2504 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2505 {
2506 cmpltr = 2;
2507 flag = 1;
2508 }
2509 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2510 {
2511 cmpltr = 3;
2512 flag = 1;
2513 }
2514 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2515 {
2516 cmpltr = 4;
2517 flag = 1;
2518 }
2519 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2520 {
2521 cmpltr = 5;
2522 flag = 1;
2523 }
2524 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2525 {
2526 cmpltr = 6;
2527 flag = 1;
2528 }
2529 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2530 {
2531 cmpltr = 7;
2532 flag = 1;
2533 }
2534 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2535 else if (*args != 'S')
2536 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
2537 name);
2538 *s = c;
2539 }
2540 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2541 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2542
2543 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
2544 case 't':
2545 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2546 if (cmpltr < 0)
2547 {
2548 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %c"), *s);
2549 cmpltr = 0;
2550 }
2551 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2552
2553 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
2554 case 'n':
2555 save_s = s;
2556 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2557 if (cmpltr < 0)
2558 {
2559 s = save_s;
2560 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s, 1);
2561 if (cmpltr < 0)
2562 {
2563 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition."));
2564 cmpltr = 0;
2565 }
2566 else
2567 {
2568 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2569 opcode |= 1 << 27;
2570 }
2571 }
2572
2573 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2574
2575 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
2576 case 'N':
2577 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
2578 if (cmpltr >= 0)
2579 {
2580 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
2581 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
2582 }
2583 else
2584 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2585 break;
2586
2587 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
2588
2589 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
2590 case 'Q':
2591 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
2592 if (cmpltr < 0)
2593 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
2594 break;
2595
2596 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2597
2598 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
2599 case 'L':
2600 case 'l':
2601 cmpltr = 0;
2602 flag = 0;
2603 if (*s == ',')
2604 {
2605 s++;
2606
2607 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2608 if (*args == 'L')
2609 {
2610 if (*s == '*')
2611 s++;
2612 else
2613 break;
2614 }
2615 else if (*s == '*')
2616 break;
2617
2618 name = s;
2619 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2620 s += 1;
2621 c = *s;
2622 *s = 0x00;
2623
2624 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2625 cmpltr = 1;
2626 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2627 cmpltr = 2;
2628 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2629 cmpltr = 3;
2630 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2631 cmpltr = 7;
2632 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2633 {
2634 cmpltr = 0;
2635 flag = 1;
2636 }
2637 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2638 {
2639 cmpltr = 1;
2640 flag = 1;
2641 }
2642 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2643 {
2644 cmpltr = 2;
2645 flag = 1;
2646 }
2647 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2648 {
2649 cmpltr = 3;
2650 flag = 1;
2651 }
2652 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2653 {
2654 cmpltr = 7;
2655 flag = 1;
2656 }
2657 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2658 else if (*args != 'L')
2659 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
2660 *s = c;
2661 }
2662 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2663 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2664
2665 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
2666 case 'X':
2667 case 'x':
2668 case 'y':
2669 cmpltr = 0;
2670 if (*s == ',')
2671 {
2672 save_s = s++;
2673
2674 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2675 if (*args == 'X')
2676 {
2677 if (*s == '*')
2678 s++;
2679 else
2680 break;
2681 }
2682 else if (*s == '*')
2683 break;
2684
2685 name = s;
2686 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2687 s += 1;
2688 c = *s;
2689 *s = 0x00;
2690 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2691 cmpltr = 1;
2692 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2693 cmpltr = 2;
2694 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2695 cmpltr = 3;
2696 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2697 cmpltr = 4;
2698 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2699 cmpltr = 5;
2700 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2701 cmpltr = 6;
2702 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2703 cmpltr = 7;
2704 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
2705 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
2706 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
2707 {
2708 *s = c;
2709 s = save_s;
2710 continue;
2711 }
2712 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2713 else if (*args != 'X')
2714 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
2715 *s = c;
2716 }
2717 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
2718
2719 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
2720 case 'U':
2721 case 'u':
2722 cmpltr = 0;
2723 flag = 0;
2724 if (*s == ',')
2725 {
2726 s++;
2727
2728 /* 64 bit conditions. */
2729 if (*args == 'U')
2730 {
2731 if (*s == '*')
2732 s++;
2733 else
2734 break;
2735 }
2736 else if (*s == '*')
2737 break;
2738
2739 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
2740 {
2741 cmpltr = 2;
2742 s += 3;
2743 }
2744 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
2745 {
2746 cmpltr = 3;
2747 s += 3;
2748 }
2749 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
2750 {
2751 cmpltr = 4;
2752 s += 3;
2753 }
2754 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
2755 {
2756 cmpltr = 6;
2757 s += 3;
2758 }
2759 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
2760 {
2761 cmpltr = 7;
2762 s += 3;
2763 }
2764 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
2765 {
2766 cmpltr = 0;
2767 flag = 1;
2768 s += 2;
2769 }
2770 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
2771 {
2772 cmpltr = 2;
2773 flag = 1;
2774 s += 3;
2775 }
2776 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
2777 {
2778 cmpltr = 3;
2779 flag = 1;
2780 s += 3;
2781 }
2782 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
2783 {
2784 cmpltr = 4;
2785 flag = 1;
2786 s += 3;
2787 }
2788 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
2789 {
2790 cmpltr = 6;
2791 flag = 1;
2792 s += 3;
2793 }
2794 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
2795 {
2796 cmpltr = 7;
2797 flag = 1;
2798 s += 3;
2799 }
2800 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
2801 {
2802 cmpltr = 1;
2803 flag = 0;
2804 s += 3;
2805 }
2806 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
2807 {
2808 cmpltr = 5;
2809 flag = 0;
2810 s += 3;
2811 }
2812 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
2813 {
2814 cmpltr = 1;
2815 flag = 1;
2816 s += 3;
2817 }
2818 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
2819 {
2820 cmpltr = 5;
2821 flag = 1;
2822 s += 3;
2823 }
2824 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
2825 else if (*args != 'U')
2826 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
2827 }
2828 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
2829 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
2830
2831 default:
2832 abort ();
2833 }
2834 break;
2835 }
2836
2837 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
2838 case 'n':
2839 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2840 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
2841
2842 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
2843 case 'N':
2844 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
2845 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
2846
2847 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
2848 case 'L':
2849 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
2850 s += 4;
2851 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
2852 s += 4;
2853 else
2854 break;
2855 continue;
2856
2857 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2858 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2859 case 'h':
2860 get_expression (s);
2861 s = expr_end;
2862 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2863 {
2864 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2865 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2866 num++;
2867 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2868 }
2869 else
2870 break;
2871
2872 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
2873 are 0..6 inclusive. */
2874 case 'm':
2875 get_expression (s);
2876 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2877 {
2878 s = expr_end;
2879 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2880 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
2881 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
2882 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
2883 }
2884 else
2885 break;
2886
2887 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
2888 case '=':
2889 {
2890 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
2891 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2892 }
2893
2894 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
2895 case 'i':
2896 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2897 get_expression (s);
2898 s = expr_end;
2899 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2900 {
2901 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2902 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
2903 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
2904 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2905 }
2906 else
2907 {
2908 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
2909 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
2910 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
2911 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
2912 else
2913 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
2914 the_insn.format = 11;
2915 continue;
2916 }
2917
2918 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2919 case 'J':
2920 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2921 get_expression (s);
2922 s = expr_end;
2923 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2924 {
2925 int mb;
2926
2927 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
2928 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
2929 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
2930 good to rethink this. */
2931 mb = opcode & 1;
2932 opcode -= mb;
2933 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2934 if (mb != (num < 0))
2935 break;
2936 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2937 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
2938 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2939 }
2940 break;
2941
2942 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
2943 case 'K':
2944 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2945 get_expression (s);
2946 s = expr_end;
2947 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2948 {
2949 int mb;
2950
2951 mb = opcode & 1;
2952 opcode -= mb;
2953 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2954 if (mb == (num < 0))
2955 break;
2956 if (num % 4)
2957 break;
2958 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
2959 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
2960 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2961 }
2962 break;
2963
2964 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
2965 case '<':
2966 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2967 get_expression (s);
2968 s = expr_end;
2969 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2970 {
2971 int mb;
2972
2973 mb = opcode & 1;
2974 opcode -= mb;
2975 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2976 if (mb != (num < 0))
2977 break;
2978 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
2979 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
2980 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
2981 }
2982 break;
2983
2984 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
2985 case '>':
2986 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
2987 get_expression (s);
2988 s = expr_end;
2989 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
2990 {
2991 int mb;
2992
2993 mb = opcode & 1;
2994 opcode -= mb;
2995 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
2996 if (mb == (num < 0))
2997 break;
2998 if (num % 4)
2999 break;
3000 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3001 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
3002 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3003 }
3004 break;
3005
3006 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
3007 case '#':
3008 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3009 get_expression (s);
3010 s = expr_end;
3011 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3012 {
3013 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3014 if (num & 0x7)
3015 break;
3016 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3017 if (num < 0)
3018 opcode |= 1;
3019 num &= 0x1fff;
3020 num >>= 3;
3021 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
3022 }
3023 else
3024 {
3025 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3026 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3027 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3028 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3029 else
3030 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3031 the_insn.format = 14;
3032 continue;
3033 }
3034 break;
3035
3036 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
3037 case 'd':
3038 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3039 get_expression (s);
3040 s = expr_end;
3041 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3042 {
3043 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3044 if (num & 0x3)
3045 break;
3046 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3047 if (num < 0)
3048 opcode |= 1;
3049 num &= 0x1fff;
3050 num >>= 2;
3051 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3052 }
3053 else
3054 {
3055 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3056 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3057 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3058 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3059 else
3060 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3061 the_insn.format = 14;
3062 continue;
3063 }
3064
3065 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
3066 case 'j':
3067 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3068 get_expression (s);
3069 s = expr_end;
3070 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3071 {
3072 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3073 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
3074 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
3075 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3076 }
3077 else
3078 {
3079 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3080 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3081 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3082 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3083 else
3084 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3085 the_insn.format = 14;
3086 continue;
3087 }
3088
3089 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
3090 case 'k':
3091 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3092 get_expression (s);
3093 s = expr_end;
3094 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3095 {
3096 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3097 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
3098 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
3099 continue;
3100 }
3101 else
3102 {
3103 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3104 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3105 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3106 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3107 else
3108 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3109 the_insn.format = 21;
3110 continue;
3111 }
3112
3113 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
3114 case 'l':
3115 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3116 get_expression (s);
3117 s = expr_end;
3118 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3119 {
3120 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3121 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3122 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3123 continue;
3124 }
3125 else
3126 {
3127 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3128 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3129 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3130 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3131 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3132 else
3133 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3134 the_insn.format = 14;
3135 continue;
3136 }
3137
3138 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3139 case 'y':
3140 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3141 get_expression (s);
3142 s = expr_end;
3143 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3144 {
3145 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3146 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3147 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
3148 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3149 continue;
3150 }
3151 else
3152 {
3153 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3154 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3155 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3156 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3157 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3158 else
3159 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3160 the_insn.format = 14;
3161 continue;
3162 }
3163
3164 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
3165 case '&':
3166 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3167 get_expression (s);
3168 s = expr_end;
3169 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
3170 {
3171 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3172 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
3173 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
3174 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
3175 continue;
3176 }
3177 else
3178 {
3179 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
3180 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
3181 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
3182 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
3183 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3184 else
3185 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
3186 the_insn.format = 14;
3187 continue;
3188 }
3189
3190 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
3191 case 'w':
3192 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3193 get_expression (s);
3194 s = expr_end;
3195 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3196 if (!strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), "L$0\001"))
3197 {
3198 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3199 if (num % 4)
3200 {
3201 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3202 break;
3203 }
3204 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8199, -8184, 0);
3205
3206 opcode |= re_assemble_12 ((num - 8) >> 2);
3207 continue;
3208 }
3209 else
3210 {
3211 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3212 the_insn.format = 12;
3213 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3214 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3215 s = expr_end;
3216 continue;
3217 }
3218
3219 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
3220 case 'W':
3221 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3222 get_expression (s);
3223 s = expr_end;
3224 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3225 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3226 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3227 "L$0\001"))
3228 {
3229 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3230 if (num % 4)
3231 {
3232 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3233 break;
3234 }
3235 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3236
3237 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3238 num -= 8;
3239
3240 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3241 continue;
3242 }
3243 else
3244 {
3245 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3246 the_insn.format = 17;
3247 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3248 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3249 continue;
3250 }
3251
3252 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
3253 case 'X':
3254 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3255 get_expression (s);
3256 s = expr_end;
3257 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
3258 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3259 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3260 "L$0\001"))
3261 {
3262 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3263 if (num % 4)
3264 {
3265 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3266 break;
3267 }
3268 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
3269
3270 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3271 num -= 8;
3272
3273 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
3274 }
3275 else
3276 {
3277 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
3278 the_insn.format = 22;
3279 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3280 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3281 continue;
3282 }
3283
3284 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
3285 case 'z':
3286 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
3287 get_expression (s);
3288 s = expr_end;
3289 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
3290 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
3291 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
3292 "L$0\001"))
3293 {
3294 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
3295 if (num % 4)
3296 {
3297 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
3298 break;
3299 }
3300 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
3301
3302 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
3303 num -= 8;
3304
3305 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
3306 continue;
3307 }
3308 else
3309 {
3310 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
3311 the_insn.format = 17;
3312 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
3313 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
3314 continue;
3315 }
3316
3317 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
3318 case 'Z':
3319 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
3320 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
3321 {
3322 s += 4;
3323 continue;
3324 }
3325 else
3326 break;
3327
3328 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
3329 case 'Y':
3330 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
3331 break;
3332 s += 9;
3333 continue;
3334
3335 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
3336 case '@':
3337 if (*s != '0')
3338 break;
3339 s++;
3340 continue;
3341
3342 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
3343 case '.':
3344 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3345 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3346 break;
3347 s = expr_end;
3348 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
3349 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3350
3351 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
3352 case '*':
3353 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3354 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3355 break;
3356 s = expr_end;
3357 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
3358 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3359
3360 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
3361 case 'p':
3362 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3363 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3364 break;
3365 s = expr_end;
3366 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3367 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
3368
3369 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
3370 case '~':
3371 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3372 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3373 break;
3374 s = expr_end;
3375 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3376 num = 63 - num;
3377 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3378 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3379
3380 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
3381 case '%':
3382 flag = 0;
3383 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3384 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3385 break;
3386 s = expr_end;
3387 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3388 num--;
3389 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
3390 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3391 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3392
3393 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
3394 case '|':
3395 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3396 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3397 break;
3398 s = expr_end;
3399 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
3400 num--;
3401 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
3402 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
3403 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3404
3405 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
3406 case 'P':
3407 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3408 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3409 break;
3410 s = expr_end;
3411 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3412 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
3413
3414 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
3415 case 'q':
3416 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3417 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3418 break;
3419 s = expr_end;
3420 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3421 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
3422 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
3423
3424 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
3425 of the high bit of the immediate. */
3426 case 'B':
3427 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3428 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3429 break;
3430 s = expr_end;
3431 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
3432 if (num & 0x20)
3433 ;
3434 else
3435 opcode |= (1 << 13);
3436 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
3437
3438 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
3439 case 'Q':
3440 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3441 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3442 break;
3443 s = expr_end;
3444 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3445 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3446
3447 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
3448 case '$':
3449 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3450 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3451 break;
3452 s = expr_end;
3453 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
3454 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
3455
3456 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
3457 case 'A':
3458 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3459 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3460 break;
3461 s = expr_end;
3462 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
3463 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
3464
3465 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
3466 case 'D':
3467 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3468 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3469 break;
3470 s = expr_end;
3471 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
3472 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3473
3474 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
3475 case 'v':
3476 if (*s++ != ',')
3477 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
3478 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3479 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3480 break;
3481 s = expr_end;
3482 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3483 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3484
3485 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
3486 case 'O':
3487 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3488 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3489 break;
3490 s = expr_end;
3491 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
3492 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
3493 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3494
3495 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
3496 case 'o':
3497 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3498 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3499 break;
3500 s = expr_end;
3501 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3502 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3503
3504 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
3505 case '0':
3506 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3507 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3508 break;
3509 s = expr_end;
3510 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3511 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
3512 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3513
3514 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
3515 case '1':
3516 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3517 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3518 break;
3519 s = expr_end;
3520 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
3521 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
3522 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3523
3524 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
3525 case 'u':
3526 if (*s++ != ',')
3527 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
3528 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3529 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3530 break;
3531 s = expr_end;
3532 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
3533 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3534
3535 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
3536 case '2':
3537 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3538 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3539 break;
3540 s = expr_end;
3541 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
3542 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
3543 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3544
3545 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3546 case '{':
3547 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
3548 {
3549 the_insn.trunc = 1;
3550 s += 2;
3551 }
3552 else
3553 the_insn.trunc = 0;
3554 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3555 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3556 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3557 flag = SGL;
3558 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3559 flag = DBL;
3560 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3561 flag = QUAD;
3562 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3563
3564 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3565 case '_':
3566 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3567 s--;
3568 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
3569 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3570 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
3571 flag = SGL;
3572 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
3573 flag = DBL;
3574 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
3575 flag = QUAD;
3576 opcode |= flag << 13;
3577 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
3578 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
3579 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
3580 {
3581 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3582 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3583 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3584 flag = 0;
3585 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
3586 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
3587 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
3588 flag = 2;
3589 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
3590 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
3591 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
3592 flag = 6;
3593 else
3594 abort ();
3595 }
3596 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
3597 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
3598 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
3599 {
3600 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3601 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3602 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3603 flag = 1;
3604 else
3605 abort ();
3606 }
3607 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
3608 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
3609 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
3610 {
3611 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
3612 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
3613 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
3614 flag = 5;
3615 else
3616 abort ();
3617 }
3618 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
3619 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
3620
3621 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
3622 case 'F':
3623 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3624 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3625 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3626
3627 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
3628 case 'G':
3629 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
3630 s--;
3631 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3632 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
3633 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
3634
3635 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
3636 case 'I':
3637 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3638 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3639 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3640
3641 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
3642 Only allows single and double precision. */
3643 case 'H':
3644 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
3645 switch (flag)
3646 {
3647 case SGL:
3648 opcode |= 0x20;
3649 case DBL:
3650 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
3651 continue;
3652
3653 case QUAD:
3654 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
3655 default:
3656 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
3657 }
3658 break;
3659
3660 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
3661 case 'f':
3662 switch (*++args)
3663 {
3664 /* Float target register. */
3665 case 't':
3666 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3667 break;
3668 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3669 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3670 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3671
3672 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
3673 case 'T':
3674 {
3675 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3676 break;
3677 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3678 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3679 opcode |= num;
3680
3681 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
3682 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
3683 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
3684 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
3685 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
3686 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3687
3688 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
3689 continue;
3690 }
3691
3692 /* Float operand 1. */
3693 case 'a':
3694 {
3695 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3696 break;
3697 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3698 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3699 opcode |= num << 21;
3700 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3701 {
3702 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3703 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3704 }
3705 continue;
3706 }
3707
3708 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
3709 case 'X':
3710 case 'A':
3711 {
3712 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3713 break;
3714 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3715 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3716 opcode |= num << 21;
3717 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
3718 continue;
3719 }
3720
3721 /* Float operand 2. */
3722 case 'b':
3723 {
3724 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3725 break;
3726 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3727 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3728 opcode |= num << 16;
3729 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3730 {
3731 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3732 opcode |= 1 << 27;
3733 }
3734 continue;
3735 }
3736
3737 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
3738 case 'B':
3739 {
3740 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3741 break;
3742 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3743 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3744 opcode |= num << 16;
3745 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
3746 continue;
3747 }
3748
3749 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
3750 case 'C':
3751 {
3752 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3753 break;
3754 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3755 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3756 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
3757 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
3758 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
3759 continue;
3760 }
3761
3762 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3763 case 'i':
3764 {
3765 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3766 break;
3767 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3768 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3769 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3770 {
3771 if (num < 16)
3772 {
3773 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3774 break;
3775 }
3776 num &= 0xF;
3777 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3778 }
3779 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3780 }
3781
3782 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3783 case 'j':
3784 {
3785 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3786 break;
3787 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3788 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3789 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3790 {
3791 if (num < 16)
3792 {
3793 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3794 break;
3795 }
3796 num &= 0xF;
3797 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3798 }
3799 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3800 }
3801
3802 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3803 case 'k':
3804 {
3805 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3806 break;
3807 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3808 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3809 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3810 {
3811 if (num < 16)
3812 {
3813 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3814 break;
3815 }
3816 num &= 0xF;
3817 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3818 }
3819 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3820 }
3821
3822 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3823 case 'l':
3824 {
3825 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3826 break;
3827 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3828 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3829 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3830 {
3831 if (num < 16)
3832 {
3833 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3834 break;
3835 }
3836 num &= 0xF;
3837 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3838 }
3839 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
3840 }
3841
3842 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
3843 case 'm':
3844 {
3845 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3846 break;
3847 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3848 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3849 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
3850 {
3851 if (num < 16)
3852 {
3853 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
3854 break;
3855 }
3856 num &= 0xF;
3857 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
3858 }
3859 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
3860 }
3861
3862 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
3863 case 'E':
3864 case 'e':
3865 {
3866 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
3867 break;
3868 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3869 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3870 opcode |= num << 16;
3871 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
3872 {
3873 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
3874 }
3875 continue;
3876 }
3877
3878 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
3879 case 'x':
3880 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
3881 break;
3882 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
3883 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3884 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3885
3886 default:
3887 abort ();
3888 }
3889 break;
3890
3891 default:
3892 abort ();
3893 }
3894 break;
3895 }
3896
3897 failed:
3898 /* Check if the args matched. */
3899 if (match == FALSE)
3900 {
3901 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
3902 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
3903 {
3904 ++insn;
3905 s = argstart;
3906 continue;
3907 }
3908 else
3909 {
3910 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
3911 return;
3912 }
3913 }
3914 break;
3915 }
3916
3917 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
3918 }
3919
3920 /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant of type
3921 type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number of LITTLENUMS
3922 emitted is stored in *sizeP . An error message or NULL is returned. */
3923
3924 #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
3925
3926 char *
3927 md_atof (type, litP, sizeP)
3928 char type;
3929 char *litP;
3930 int *sizeP;
3931 {
3932 int prec;
3933 LITTLENUM_TYPE words[MAX_LITTLENUMS];
3934 LITTLENUM_TYPE *wordP;
3935 char *t;
3936
3937 switch (type)
3938 {
3939
3940 case 'f':
3941 case 'F':
3942 case 's':
3943 case 'S':
3944 prec = 2;
3945 break;
3946
3947 case 'd':
3948 case 'D':
3949 case 'r':
3950 case 'R':
3951 prec = 4;
3952 break;
3953
3954 case 'x':
3955 case 'X':
3956 prec = 6;
3957 break;
3958
3959 case 'p':
3960 case 'P':
3961 prec = 6;
3962 break;
3963
3964 default:
3965 *sizeP = 0;
3966 return _("Bad call to MD_ATOF()");
3967 }
3968 t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words);
3969 if (t)
3970 input_line_pointer = t;
3971 *sizeP = prec * sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
3972 for (wordP = words; prec--;)
3973 {
3974 md_number_to_chars (litP, (valueT) (*wordP++), sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE));
3975 litP += sizeof (LITTLENUM_TYPE);
3976 }
3977 return NULL;
3978 }
3979
3980 /* Write out big-endian. */
3981
3982 void
3983 md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n)
3984 char *buf;
3985 valueT val;
3986 int n;
3987 {
3988 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
3989 }
3990
3991 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
3992 format. */
3993
3994 arelent **
3995 tc_gen_reloc (section, fixp)
3996 asection *section;
3997 fixS *fixp;
3998 {
3999 arelent *reloc;
4000 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
4001 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
4002 arelent **relocs;
4003 reloc_type **codes;
4004 reloc_type code;
4005 int n_relocs;
4006 int i;
4007
4008 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
4009 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
4010 return &no_relocs;
4011
4012 assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
4013 assert (section != 0);
4014
4015 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
4016
4017 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4018 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4019 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
4020 fixp->fx_r_type,
4021 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
4022 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
4023 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
4024 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
4025
4026 if (codes == NULL)
4027 {
4028 as_bad (_("Cannot handle fixup at %s:%d"), fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line);
4029 abort ();
4030 }
4031
4032 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
4033 ;
4034
4035 relocs = (arelent **) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
4036 reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
4037 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4038 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
4039
4040 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
4041
4042 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4043 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
4044 {
4045 default:
4046 assert (n_relocs == 1);
4047
4048 code = *codes[0];
4049
4050 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
4051 switch (code)
4052 {
4053 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
4054 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
4055 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
4056 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
4057 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
4058 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
4059 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4060 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4061 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
4062 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
4063
4064 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4065 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4066 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4067 reloc->addend = 0;
4068 break;
4069
4070 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
4071 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
4072 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
4073 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
4074 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
4075 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
4076 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
4077 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
4078 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
4079 fixp->fx_offset);
4080 break;
4081 #endif
4082
4083 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
4084 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
4085 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
4086 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
4087 /* Fall thru */
4088
4089 default:
4090 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4091 break;
4092 }
4093
4094 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4095 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4096 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4097 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4098 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4099
4100 assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
4101 break;
4102 }
4103 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
4104
4105 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
4106 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
4107 {
4108 code = *codes[i];
4109
4110 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4111 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4112 relocs[i]->howto =
4113 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4114 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
4115 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4116
4117 switch (code)
4118 {
4119 case R_COMP2:
4120 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
4121 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
4122 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
4123 assert (i == 1);
4124 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4125 relocs[0]->howto =
4126 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4127 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
4128 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4129 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
4130 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4131 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
4132 relocs[1]->howto =
4133 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4134 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
4135 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4136 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
4137 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4138 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
4139 relocs[2]->howto =
4140 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4141 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
4142 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4143 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
4144 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4145 relocs[3]->howto =
4146 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4147 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
4148 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4149 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
4150 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) &(bfd_abs_symbol);
4151 relocs[4]->howto =
4152 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4153 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
4154 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
4155 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
4156 goto done;
4157 case R_PCREL_CALL:
4158 case R_ABS_CALL:
4159 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
4160 break;
4161
4162 case R_DLT_REL:
4163 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
4164 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
4165 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
4166 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
4167 (static link required).
4168
4169 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
4170
4171 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
4172 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
4173 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
4174 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4175 break;
4176
4177 case R_N_MODE:
4178 case R_S_MODE:
4179 case R_D_MODE:
4180 case R_R_MODE:
4181 case R_FSEL:
4182 case R_LSEL:
4183 case R_RSEL:
4184 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
4185 case R_END_BRTAB:
4186 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
4187 case R_N0SEL:
4188 case R_N1SEL:
4189 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
4190 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4191 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4192 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
4193 break;
4194
4195 case R_END_TRY:
4196 case R_ENTRY:
4197 case R_EXIT:
4198 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
4199 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
4200 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
4201 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4202 break;
4203
4204 default:
4205 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
4206 }
4207 }
4208
4209 done:
4210 #endif
4211
4212 return relocs;
4213 }
4214
4215 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
4216
4217 void
4218 md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragP)
4219 register bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4220 register asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4221 register fragS *fragP;
4222 {
4223 unsigned int address;
4224
4225 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
4226 {
4227 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
4228 {
4229 case 0:
4230 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
4231 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
4232 know (fragP->fr_next);
4233 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4234 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
4235 {
4236 fragP->fr_offset =
4237 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
4238 - fragP->fr_address
4239 - fragP->fr_fix;
4240 }
4241 else
4242 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
4243 break;
4244 }
4245 }
4246 }
4247
4248 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
4249
4250 valueT
4251 md_section_align (segment, size)
4252 asection *segment;
4253 valueT size;
4254 {
4255 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
4256 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
4257
4258 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
4259 }
4260
4261 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
4262 int
4263 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragP, segment)
4264 register fragS *fragP;
4265 asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4266 {
4267 int size;
4268
4269 size = 0;
4270
4271 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
4272 size++;
4273
4274 return size;
4275 }
4276 \f
4277 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4278 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4279 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
4280 # else
4281 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
4282 # endif
4283 #else
4284 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4285 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
4286 # else
4287 const char *md_shortopts = "";
4288 # endif
4289 #endif
4290
4291 struct option md_longopts[] = {
4292 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4293 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
4294 #endif
4295 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
4296 };
4297 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
4298
4299 int
4300 md_parse_option (c, arg)
4301 int c ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4302 char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4303 {
4304 switch (c)
4305 {
4306 default:
4307 return 0;
4308
4309 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4310 case 'V':
4311 print_version_id ();
4312 break;
4313 #endif
4314 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4315 case 'c':
4316 warn_comment = 1;
4317 break;
4318 #endif
4319 }
4320
4321 return 1;
4322 }
4323
4324 void
4325 md_show_usage (stream)
4326 FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4327 {
4328 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4329 fprintf (stream, _("\
4330 -Q ignored\n"));
4331 #endif
4332 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
4333 fprintf (stream, _("\
4334 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
4335 #endif
4336 }
4337 \f
4338 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
4339
4340 symbolS *
4341 md_undefined_symbol (name)
4342 char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
4343 {
4344 return 0;
4345 }
4346
4347 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
4348 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
4349 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
4350 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
4351 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
4352 #else
4353 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
4354 #endif
4355
4356 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
4357
4358 int
4359 md_apply_fix (fixP, valp)
4360 fixS *fixP;
4361 valueT *valp;
4362 {
4363 unsigned char *buf;
4364 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
4365 offsetT new_val;
4366 int insn, val, fmt;
4367
4368 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
4369 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
4370 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
4371 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4372 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
4373 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
4374 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
4375 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
4376 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
4377 return 1;
4378
4379 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
4380 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
4381 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
4382 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
4383 {
4384 fixP->fx_offset = *valp;
4385 return 1;
4386 }
4387 #endif
4388 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4389 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
4390 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
4391 return 1;
4392 #endif
4393
4394 /* There should have been an HPPA specific fixup associated
4395 with the GAS fixup. */
4396 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
4397 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
4398 {
4399 printf (_("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x at %s:%d"),
4400 fixP->fx_r_type, fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
4401 return 0;
4402 }
4403
4404 buf = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
4405 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, buf);
4406 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
4407
4408 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
4409 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
4410 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
4411 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
4412 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4413 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
4414 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4415 && fmt != 32
4416 #endif
4417 )
4418 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4419 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4420 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
4421 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
4422 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
4423 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
4424 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
4425 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
4426 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
4427 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
4428 /* This is truly disgusting. The machine independent code blindly
4429 adds in the value of the symbol being relocated against. Damn! */
4430 else if (fmt == 32
4431 && fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
4432 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != bfd_com_section_ptr)
4433 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp - S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy),
4434 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4435 #endif
4436 else
4437 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4438
4439 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
4440 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
4441 && fixP->fx_addsy
4442 && fixP->fx_pcrel
4443 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
4444 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
4445 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4446 && (*valp - 8 + 8192 < 16384
4447 || (fmt == 17 && *valp - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
4448 || (fmt == 22 && *valp - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4449 #endif
4450 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
4451 && (*valp - 8 + 262144 < 524288
4452 || (fmt == 22 && *valp - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
4453 #endif
4454 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
4455 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
4456 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
4457 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
4458 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
4459 {
4460 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (*valp, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
4461 }
4462
4463 switch (fmt)
4464 {
4465 case 10:
4466 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
4467 val = new_val;
4468
4469 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
4470 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4471 break;
4472 case -11:
4473 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
4474 val = new_val;
4475
4476 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
4477 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
4478 break;
4479 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
4480 case 14:
4481 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 8191, -8192, 0);
4482 val = new_val;
4483
4484 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
4485 break;
4486
4487 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
4488 case 21:
4489 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4490 val = new_val;
4491
4492 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
4493 break;
4494
4495 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
4496 case 11:
4497 CHECK_FIELD (new_val, 1023, -1024, 0);
4498 val = new_val;
4499
4500 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
4501 break;
4502
4503 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
4504 case 12:
4505 CHECK_FIELD (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192, 0);
4506 val = new_val - 8;
4507
4508 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
4509 break;
4510
4511 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
4512 case 17:
4513 {
4514 offsetT distance = *valp;
4515
4516 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4517 range target, then we want to complain. */
4518 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4519 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4520 CHECK_FIELD (distance - 8, 262143, -262144, 0);
4521
4522 CHECK_FIELD (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144, 0);
4523 val = new_val - 8;
4524
4525 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
4526 break;
4527 }
4528
4529 case 22:
4530 {
4531 offsetT distance = *valp;
4532
4533 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
4534 range target, then we want to complain. */
4535 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
4536 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
4537 CHECK_FIELD (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
4538
4539 CHECK_FIELD (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
4540 val = new_val - 8;
4541
4542 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
4543 break;
4544 }
4545
4546 case -10:
4547 val = new_val;
4548 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
4549 break;
4550
4551 case -16:
4552 val = new_val;
4553 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
4554 break;
4555
4556 case 16:
4557 val = new_val;
4558 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
4559 break;
4560
4561 case 32:
4562 insn = new_val;
4563 break;
4564
4565 default:
4566 as_bad (_("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
4567 return 0;
4568 }
4569
4570 /* Insert the relocation. */
4571 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, buf);
4572 return 1;
4573 }
4574
4575 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
4576 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
4577
4578 long
4579 md_pcrel_from (fixP)
4580 fixS *fixP;
4581 {
4582 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
4583 }
4584
4585 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
4586 a statement. */
4587
4588 static int
4589 is_end_of_statement ()
4590 {
4591 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
4592 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
4593 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
4594 }
4595
4596 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
4597 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
4598 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
4599
4600 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
4601 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
4602 returned in `pa_number'.
4603
4604 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
4605 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
4606 not set.
4607
4608 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
4609 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
4610
4611 static int
4612 pa_parse_number (s, is_float)
4613 char **s;
4614 int is_float;
4615 {
4616 int num;
4617 char *name;
4618 char c;
4619 symbolS *sym;
4620 int status;
4621 char *p = *s;
4622 boolean have_prefix;
4623
4624 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
4625 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
4626 p = p + 1;
4627
4628 pa_number = -1;
4629 have_prefix = 0;
4630 num = 0;
4631 if (!strict && isdigit (*p))
4632 {
4633 /* Looks like a number. */
4634
4635 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
4636 {
4637 /* The number is specified in hex. */
4638 p += 2;
4639 while (isdigit (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
4640 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
4641 {
4642 if (isdigit (*p))
4643 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
4644 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
4645 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
4646 else
4647 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
4648 ++p;
4649 }
4650 }
4651 else
4652 {
4653 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
4654 while (isdigit (*p))
4655 {
4656 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
4657 ++p;
4658 }
4659 }
4660
4661 pa_number = num;
4662
4663 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
4664 if (is_float)
4665 {
4666 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
4667 if (! (is_float & 2))
4668 {
4669 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
4670 {
4671 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
4672 ++p;
4673 }
4674 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
4675 {
4676 ++p;
4677 }
4678 }
4679 }
4680 }
4681 else if (*p == '%')
4682 {
4683 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
4684 have_prefix = 1;
4685 name = p;
4686 p++;
4687 c = *p;
4688 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
4689 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
4690 slow. */
4691 if (c == 'r')
4692 {
4693 p++;
4694 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
4695 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
4696 {
4697 p += 2;
4698 num = *p - '0' + 28;
4699 p++;
4700 }
4701 else if (*p == 'p')
4702 {
4703 num = 2;
4704 p++;
4705 }
4706 else if (!isdigit (*p))
4707 {
4708 if (print_errors)
4709 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4710 num = -1;
4711 }
4712 else
4713 {
4714 do
4715 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
4716 while (isdigit (*p));
4717 }
4718 }
4719 else
4720 {
4721 /* Do a normal register search. */
4722 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4723 {
4724 p = p + 1;
4725 c = *p;
4726 }
4727 *p = 0;
4728 status = reg_name_search (name);
4729 if (status >= 0)
4730 num = status;
4731 else
4732 {
4733 if (print_errors)
4734 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
4735 num = -1;
4736 }
4737 *p = c;
4738 }
4739
4740 pa_number = num;
4741 }
4742 else
4743 {
4744 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
4745 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
4746 name = p;
4747 c = *p;
4748 while (is_part_of_name (c))
4749 {
4750 p = p + 1;
4751 c = *p;
4752 }
4753 *p = 0;
4754 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
4755 {
4756 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
4757 {
4758 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4759 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
4760 register, so... */
4761 have_prefix = true;
4762 }
4763 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
4764 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4765 else if (!strict)
4766 {
4767 if (print_errors)
4768 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
4769 num = -1;
4770 }
4771 }
4772 else if (!strict)
4773 {
4774 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
4775 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
4776 will return zero. That's a concession made for
4777 compatability with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
4778 if (*name == 0)
4779 num = 0;
4780 else
4781 {
4782 if (print_errors)
4783 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
4784 num = -1;
4785 }
4786 }
4787 *p = c;
4788
4789 pa_number = num;
4790 }
4791
4792 if (!strict || have_prefix)
4793 {
4794 *s = p;
4795 return 1;
4796 }
4797 return 0;
4798 }
4799
4800 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
4801
4802 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
4803 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
4804
4805 static int
4806 reg_name_search (name)
4807 char *name;
4808 {
4809 int middle, low, high;
4810 int cmp;
4811
4812 low = 0;
4813 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
4814
4815 do
4816 {
4817 middle = (low + high) / 2;
4818 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
4819 if (cmp < 0)
4820 high = middle - 1;
4821 else if (cmp > 0)
4822 low = middle + 1;
4823 else
4824 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
4825 }
4826 while (low <= high);
4827
4828 return -1;
4829 }
4830
4831 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
4832 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
4833
4834 static int
4835 need_pa11_opcode ()
4836 {
4837 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
4838 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
4839 {
4840 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
4841 then set a new architecture. */
4842 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
4843 {
4844 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
4845 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
4846 }
4847 return TRUE;
4848 }
4849 else
4850 return FALSE;
4851 }
4852
4853 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
4854 code associated with the condition. */
4855
4856 static int
4857 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (s)
4858 char **s;
4859 {
4860 int cond, i;
4861
4862 cond = 0;
4863
4864 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
4865 {
4866 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
4867 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
4868 {
4869 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
4870 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4871 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
4872 report an error. */
4873 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4874 {
4875 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
4876 break;
4877 }
4878 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
4879 *s = *s + 1;
4880 return cond;
4881 }
4882 }
4883
4884 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
4885
4886 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
4887 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
4888 *s += 1;
4889
4890 return 0;
4891 }
4892
4893 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
4894
4895 static int
4896 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (s)
4897 char **s;
4898 {
4899 int value;
4900
4901 value = 0;
4902 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
4903 {
4904 value = 5;
4905 *s += 4;
4906 }
4907 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
4908 {
4909 value = 9;
4910 *s += 4;
4911 }
4912 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
4913 {
4914 value = 13;
4915 *s += 4;
4916 }
4917 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
4918 {
4919 value = 17;
4920 *s += 4;
4921 }
4922 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
4923 {
4924 value = 1;
4925 *s += 3;
4926 }
4927 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
4928 {
4929 value = 6;
4930 *s += 4;
4931 }
4932 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
4933 {
4934 value = 2;
4935 *s += 3;
4936 }
4937 else
4938 {
4939 value = 0;
4940 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
4941 }
4942
4943 return value;
4944 }
4945
4946 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
4947 type. */
4948
4949 static fp_operand_format
4950 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (s)
4951 char **s;
4952 {
4953 int format;
4954
4955 format = SGL;
4956 if (**s == ',')
4957 {
4958 *s += 1;
4959 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
4960 {
4961 format = SGL;
4962 *s += 4;
4963 }
4964 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
4965 {
4966 format = DBL;
4967 *s += 4;
4968 }
4969 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
4970 {
4971 format = QUAD;
4972 *s += 5;
4973 }
4974 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
4975 {
4976 format = W;
4977 *s += 2;
4978 }
4979 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
4980 {
4981 format = UW;
4982 *s += 3;
4983 }
4984 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
4985 {
4986 format = DW;
4987 *s += 3;
4988 }
4989 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
4990 {
4991 format = UDW;
4992 *s += 4;
4993 }
4994 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
4995 {
4996 format = QW;
4997 *s += 3;
4998 }
4999 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
5000 {
5001 format = UQW;
5002 *s += 4;
5003 }
5004 else
5005 {
5006 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5007 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5008 }
5009 }
5010
5011 return format;
5012 }
5013
5014 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
5015 type. */
5016
5017 static fp_operand_format
5018 pa_parse_fp_format (s)
5019 char **s;
5020 {
5021 int format;
5022
5023 format = SGL;
5024 if (**s == ',')
5025 {
5026 *s += 1;
5027 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
5028 {
5029 format = SGL;
5030 *s += 4;
5031 }
5032 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
5033 {
5034 format = DBL;
5035 *s += 4;
5036 }
5037 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
5038 {
5039 format = QUAD;
5040 *s += 5;
5041 }
5042 else
5043 {
5044 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
5045 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
5046 }
5047 }
5048
5049 return format;
5050 }
5051
5052 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
5053
5054 static int
5055 pa_chk_field_selector (str)
5056 char **str;
5057 {
5058 int middle, low, high;
5059 int cmp;
5060 char name[4];
5061
5062 /* Read past any whitespace. */
5063 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
5064 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
5065 *str = *str + 1;
5066
5067 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
5068 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5069 name[1] = 0;
5070 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
5071 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5072 name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
5073 name[2] = 0;
5074 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
5075 name[0] = tolower ((*str)[0]),
5076 name[1] = tolower ((*str)[1]),
5077 name[2] = tolower ((*str)[2]),
5078 name[3] = 0;
5079 else
5080 return e_fsel;
5081
5082 low = 0;
5083 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
5084
5085 do
5086 {
5087 middle = (low + high) / 2;
5088 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
5089 if (cmp < 0)
5090 high = middle - 1;
5091 else if (cmp > 0)
5092 low = middle + 1;
5093 else
5094 {
5095 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
5096 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
5097 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
5098 return e_fsel;
5099 #endif
5100 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
5101 }
5102 }
5103 while (low <= high);
5104
5105 return e_fsel;
5106 }
5107
5108 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
5109
5110 static int
5111 get_expression (str)
5112 char *str;
5113 {
5114 char *save_in;
5115 asection *seg;
5116
5117 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5118 input_line_pointer = str;
5119 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
5120 if (!(seg == absolute_section
5121 || seg == undefined_section
5122 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
5123 {
5124 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
5125 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5126 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5127 return 1;
5128 }
5129 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5130 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5131 return 0;
5132 }
5133
5134 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
5135 static int
5136 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp)
5137 struct pa_it *insn;
5138 char **strp;
5139 {
5140 char *save_in;
5141
5142 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
5143 save_in = input_line_pointer;
5144 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5145 expression (&insn->exp);
5146 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
5147
5148 The PA assembly syntax is ambigious in a variety of ways. Consider
5149 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
5150 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
5151
5152 If we get a modulo expresion When looking for an absolute, we try
5153 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
5154 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
5155 {
5156 char *s, c;
5157 int retval;
5158
5159 input_line_pointer = *strp;
5160 s = *strp;
5161 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
5162 s++;
5163
5164 c = *s;
5165 *s = 0;
5166
5167 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
5168
5169 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5170 *s = c;
5171 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5172 }
5173 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
5174 and return to our caller. */
5175 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
5176 {
5177 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5178 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5179 return 0;
5180 }
5181 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
5182 {
5183 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
5184 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5185 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5186 return 0;
5187 }
5188 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
5189 input_line_pointer = save_in;
5190 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
5191 }
5192
5193 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
5194 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
5195 static int
5196 evaluate_absolute (insn)
5197 struct pa_it *insn;
5198 {
5199 offsetT value;
5200 expressionS exp;
5201 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
5202
5203 exp = insn->exp;
5204 value = exp.X_add_number;
5205
5206 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
5207 }
5208
5209 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
5210 argument location number. */
5211
5212 static unsigned int
5213 pa_build_arg_reloc (type_name)
5214 char *type_name;
5215 {
5216
5217 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
5218 return 0;
5219 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
5220 return 1;
5221 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
5222 return 2;
5223 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
5224 return 3;
5225 else
5226 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
5227
5228 return 0;
5229 }
5230
5231 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
5232 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
5233
5234 static unsigned int
5235 pa_align_arg_reloc (reg, arg_reloc)
5236 unsigned int reg;
5237 unsigned int arg_reloc;
5238 {
5239 unsigned int new_reloc;
5240
5241 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
5242 switch (reg)
5243 {
5244 case 0:
5245 new_reloc <<= 8;
5246 break;
5247 case 1:
5248 new_reloc <<= 6;
5249 break;
5250 case 2:
5251 new_reloc <<= 4;
5252 break;
5253 case 3:
5254 new_reloc <<= 2;
5255 break;
5256 default:
5257 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
5258 }
5259
5260 return new_reloc;
5261 }
5262
5263 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
5264 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
5265
5266 static int
5267 pa_parse_nullif (s)
5268 char **s;
5269 {
5270 int nullif;
5271
5272 nullif = 0;
5273 if (**s == ',')
5274 {
5275 *s = *s + 1;
5276 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
5277 nullif = 1;
5278 else
5279 {
5280 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
5281 nullif = 0;
5282 }
5283 *s = *s + 1;
5284 }
5285
5286 return nullif;
5287 }
5288
5289 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5290 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5291
5292 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5293 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5294 computational instruction. */
5295
5296 static int
5297 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5298 char **s;
5299 int isbranch;
5300 {
5301 int cmpltr;
5302 char *name = *s + 1;
5303 char c;
5304 char *save_s = *s;
5305 int nullify = 0;
5306
5307 cmpltr = 0;
5308 if (**s == ',')
5309 {
5310 *s += 1;
5311 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5312 *s += 1;
5313 c = **s;
5314 **s = 0x00;
5315
5316 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5317 {
5318 cmpltr = 1;
5319 }
5320 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5321 {
5322 cmpltr = 2;
5323 }
5324 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5325 {
5326 cmpltr = 3;
5327 }
5328 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
5329 {
5330 cmpltr = 4;
5331 }
5332 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
5333 {
5334 cmpltr = 5;
5335 }
5336 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5337 {
5338 cmpltr = 6;
5339 }
5340 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5341 {
5342 cmpltr = 7;
5343 }
5344 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5345 completer. */
5346 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5347 {
5348 cmpltr = 0;
5349 nullify = 1;
5350 }
5351 else
5352 {
5353 cmpltr = -1;
5354 }
5355 **s = c;
5356 }
5357
5358 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5359 if (nullify)
5360 *s = save_s;
5361
5362 return cmpltr;
5363 }
5364
5365 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
5366 number (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5367
5368 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5369 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5370 computational instruction. */
5371
5372 static int
5373 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5374 char **s;
5375 int isbranch;
5376 {
5377 int cmpltr;
5378 char *name = *s + 1;
5379 char c;
5380 char *save_s = *s;
5381 int nullify = 0;
5382
5383 cmpltr = 0;
5384 if (**s == ',')
5385 {
5386 *s += 1;
5387 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5388 *s += 1;
5389 c = **s;
5390 **s = 0x00;
5391
5392 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5393 {
5394 cmpltr = 0;
5395 }
5396 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5397 {
5398 cmpltr = 1;
5399 }
5400 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5401 {
5402 cmpltr = 2;
5403 }
5404 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5405 {
5406 cmpltr = 3;
5407 }
5408 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
5409 {
5410 cmpltr = 4;
5411 }
5412 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
5413 {
5414 cmpltr = 5;
5415 }
5416 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5417 {
5418 cmpltr = 6;
5419 }
5420 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5421 {
5422 cmpltr = 7;
5423 }
5424 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5425 completer. */
5426 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5427 {
5428 cmpltr = 0;
5429 nullify = 1;
5430 }
5431 else
5432 {
5433 cmpltr = -1;
5434 }
5435 **s = c;
5436 }
5437
5438 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5439 if (nullify)
5440 *s = save_s;
5441
5442 return cmpltr;
5443 }
5444
5445 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
5446 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5447
5448 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
5449 returned as 8-15. */
5450
5451 static int
5452 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (s)
5453 char **s;
5454 {
5455 int cmpltr;
5456 char *name = *s + 1;
5457 char c;
5458
5459 cmpltr = -1;
5460 if (**s == ',')
5461 {
5462 *s += 1;
5463 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5464 *s += 1;
5465 c = **s;
5466 **s = 0x00;
5467
5468 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
5469 {
5470 cmpltr = 0;
5471 }
5472 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5473 {
5474 cmpltr = 1;
5475 }
5476 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5477 {
5478 cmpltr = 2;
5479 }
5480 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5481 {
5482 cmpltr = 3;
5483 }
5484 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5485 {
5486 cmpltr = 4;
5487 }
5488 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
5489 {
5490 cmpltr = 5;
5491 }
5492 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
5493 {
5494 cmpltr = 6;
5495 }
5496 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
5497 {
5498 cmpltr = 7;
5499 }
5500 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
5501 {
5502 cmpltr = 8;
5503 }
5504 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5505 {
5506 cmpltr = 9;
5507 }
5508 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5509 {
5510 cmpltr = 10;
5511 }
5512 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5513 {
5514 cmpltr = 11;
5515 }
5516 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5517 {
5518 cmpltr = 12;
5519 }
5520 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
5521 {
5522 cmpltr = 13;
5523 }
5524 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
5525 {
5526 cmpltr = 14;
5527 }
5528 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
5529 {
5530 cmpltr = 15;
5531 }
5532 else
5533 {
5534 cmpltr = -1;
5535 }
5536 **s = c;
5537 }
5538
5539 return cmpltr;
5540 }
5541
5542 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
5543 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5544
5545 static int
5546 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (s)
5547 char **s;
5548 {
5549 int cmpltr;
5550 char *name = *s + 1;
5551 char c;
5552
5553 cmpltr = -1;
5554 if (**s == ',')
5555 {
5556 *s += 1;
5557 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5558 *s += 1;
5559 c = **s;
5560 **s = 0x00;
5561
5562 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
5563 {
5564 cmpltr = 0;
5565 }
5566 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5567 {
5568 cmpltr = 1;
5569 }
5570 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5571 {
5572 cmpltr = 2;
5573 }
5574 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5575 {
5576 cmpltr = 3;
5577 }
5578 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
5579 {
5580 cmpltr = 4;
5581 }
5582 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5583 {
5584 cmpltr = 5;
5585 }
5586 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5587 {
5588 cmpltr = 6;
5589 }
5590 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5591 {
5592 cmpltr = 7;
5593 }
5594 else
5595 {
5596 cmpltr = -1;
5597 }
5598 **s = c;
5599 }
5600
5601 return cmpltr;
5602 }
5603
5604 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
5605 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5606
5607 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5608 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5609 computational instruction. */
5610
5611 static int
5612 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5613 char **s;
5614 int isbranch;
5615 {
5616 int cmpltr;
5617 char *name = *s + 1;
5618 char c;
5619 char *save_s = *s;
5620
5621 cmpltr = 0;
5622 if (**s == ',')
5623 {
5624 *s += 1;
5625 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5626 *s += 1;
5627 c = **s;
5628 **s = 0x00;
5629 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5630 {
5631 cmpltr = 1;
5632 }
5633 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5634 {
5635 cmpltr = 2;
5636 }
5637 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5638 {
5639 cmpltr = 3;
5640 }
5641 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5642 {
5643 cmpltr = 4;
5644 }
5645 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
5646 {
5647 cmpltr = 5;
5648 }
5649 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
5650 {
5651 cmpltr = 6;
5652 }
5653 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
5654 {
5655 cmpltr = 7;
5656 }
5657 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5658 completer. */
5659 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5660 {
5661 cmpltr = 0;
5662 }
5663 else
5664 {
5665 cmpltr = -1;
5666 }
5667 **s = c;
5668 }
5669
5670 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5671 if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
5672 *s = save_s;
5673
5674 return cmpltr;
5675 }
5676
5677 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
5678 (for encoding in instrutions) of the given completer.
5679
5680 ISBRANCH specifies whether or not this is parsing a condition
5681 completer for a branch (vs a nullification completer for a
5682 computational instruction). */
5683
5684 static int
5685 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (s, isbranch)
5686 char **s;
5687 int isbranch;
5688 {
5689 int cmpltr;
5690 char *name = *s + 1;
5691 char c;
5692 char *save_s = *s;
5693
5694 cmpltr = 0;
5695 if (**s == ',')
5696 {
5697 *s += 1;
5698 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5699 *s += 1;
5700 c = **s;
5701 **s = 0x00;
5702 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5703 {
5704 cmpltr = 0;
5705 }
5706 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5707 {
5708 cmpltr = 1;
5709 }
5710 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5711 {
5712 cmpltr = 2;
5713 }
5714 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5715 {
5716 cmpltr = 3;
5717 }
5718 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5719 {
5720 cmpltr = 4;
5721 }
5722 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
5723 {
5724 cmpltr = 5;
5725 }
5726 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
5727 {
5728 cmpltr = 6;
5729 }
5730 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
5731 {
5732 cmpltr = 7;
5733 }
5734 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5735 completer. */
5736 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && isbranch)
5737 {
5738 cmpltr = 0;
5739 }
5740 else
5741 {
5742 cmpltr = -1;
5743 }
5744 **s = c;
5745 }
5746
5747 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5748 if (cmpltr == 0 && *name == 'n' && isbranch)
5749 *s = save_s;
5750
5751 return cmpltr;
5752 }
5753
5754 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
5755 encoding in instrutions) of the given completer. */
5756
5757 static int
5758 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (s)
5759 char **s;
5760 {
5761 int cmpltr;
5762 char *name = *s + 1;
5763 char c;
5764 char *save_s = *s;
5765 int nullify = 0;
5766
5767 cmpltr = 0;
5768 if (**s == ',')
5769 {
5770 *s += 1;
5771 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
5772 *s += 1;
5773 c = **s;
5774 **s = 0x00;
5775 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
5776 {
5777 cmpltr = 1;
5778 }
5779 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
5780 {
5781 cmpltr = 2;
5782 }
5783 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
5784 {
5785 cmpltr = 3;
5786 }
5787 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
5788 {
5789 cmpltr = 4;
5790 }
5791 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
5792 {
5793 cmpltr = 5;
5794 }
5795 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
5796 {
5797 cmpltr = 6;
5798 }
5799 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
5800 {
5801 cmpltr = 7;
5802 }
5803 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
5804 {
5805 cmpltr = 8;
5806 }
5807 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
5808 {
5809 cmpltr = 9;
5810 }
5811 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
5812 {
5813 cmpltr = 10;
5814 }
5815 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
5816 {
5817 cmpltr = 11;
5818 }
5819 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
5820 {
5821 cmpltr = 12;
5822 }
5823 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
5824 {
5825 cmpltr = 13;
5826 }
5827 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
5828 {
5829 cmpltr = 14;
5830 }
5831 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
5832 {
5833 cmpltr = 15;
5834 }
5835 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
5836 completer. */
5837 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
5838 {
5839 cmpltr = 0;
5840 nullify = 1;
5841 }
5842 else
5843 {
5844 cmpltr = -1;
5845 }
5846 **s = c;
5847 }
5848
5849 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
5850 if (nullify)
5851 *s = save_s;
5852
5853 return cmpltr;
5854 }
5855
5856 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5857 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5858 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5859 static void
5860 pa_align (bytes)
5861 int bytes;
5862 {
5863 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5864 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5865
5866 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5867 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5868
5869 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5870 alignment if necessary. */
5871 if (log2 (bytes) != -1)
5872 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, log2 (bytes));
5873 }
5874 #endif
5875
5876 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5877
5878 static void
5879 pa_block (z)
5880 int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5881 {
5882 char *p;
5883 long int temp_fill;
5884 unsigned int temp_size;
5885 unsigned int i;
5886
5887 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5888 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5889 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5890 #endif
5891
5892 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5893
5894 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5895 temp_fill = 0;
5896
5897 p = frag_var (rs_fill, (int) temp_size, (int) temp_size,
5898 (relax_substateT) 0, (symbolS *) 0, (offsetT) 1, NULL);
5899 memset (p, 0, temp_size);
5900
5901 /* Convert 2 bytes at a time. */
5902
5903 for (i = 0; i < temp_size; i += 2)
5904 {
5905 md_number_to_chars (p + i,
5906 (valueT) temp_fill,
5907 (int) ((temp_size - i) > 2 ? 2 : (temp_size - i)));
5908 }
5909
5910 pa_undefine_label ();
5911 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5912 }
5913
5914 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5915
5916 static void
5917 pa_brtab (begin)
5918 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5919 {
5920
5921 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5922 /* The BRTAB relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5923 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5924 char *where = frag_more (0);
5925
5926 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5927 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5928 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5929 e_fsel, 0, 0, NULL);
5930 #endif
5931
5932 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5933 }
5934
5935 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5936
5937 static void
5938 pa_try (begin)
5939 int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5940 {
5941 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5942 expressionS exp;
5943 char *where = frag_more (0);
5944
5945 if (! begin)
5946 expression (&exp);
5947
5948 /* The TRY relocations are only availble in SOM (to denote
5949 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5950
5951 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5952 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5953 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5954 e_fsel, 0, 0, NULL);
5955 #endif
5956
5957 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5958 }
5959
5960 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
5961 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5962 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
5963
5964 static void
5965 pa_call (unused)
5966 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
5967 {
5968 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5969 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5970 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5971 #endif
5972
5973 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5974 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5975 }
5976
5977 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5978 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
5979
5980 static void
5981 pa_call_args (call_desc)
5982 struct call_desc *call_desc;
5983 {
5984 char *name, c, *p;
5985 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5986
5987 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5988 {
5989 name = input_line_pointer;
5990 c = get_symbol_end ();
5991 /* Process a source argument. */
5992 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5993 {
5994 temp = atoi (name + 4);
5995 p = input_line_pointer;
5996 *p = c;
5997 input_line_pointer++;
5998 name = input_line_pointer;
5999 c = get_symbol_end ();
6000 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6001 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
6002 }
6003 /* Process a return value. */
6004 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
6005 {
6006 p = input_line_pointer;
6007 *p = c;
6008 input_line_pointer++;
6009 name = input_line_pointer;
6010 c = get_symbol_end ();
6011 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6012 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
6013 }
6014 else
6015 {
6016 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
6017 }
6018 p = input_line_pointer;
6019 *p = c;
6020 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6021 input_line_pointer++;
6022 }
6023 }
6024
6025 /* Return TRUE if FRAG1 and FRAG2 are the same. */
6026
6027 static int
6028 is_same_frag (frag1, frag2)
6029 fragS *frag1;
6030 fragS *frag2;
6031 {
6032
6033 if (frag1 == NULL)
6034 return (FALSE);
6035 else if (frag2 == NULL)
6036 return (FALSE);
6037 else if (frag1 == frag2)
6038 return (TRUE);
6039 else if (frag2->fr_type == rs_fill && frag2->fr_fix == 0)
6040 return (is_same_frag (frag1, frag2->fr_next));
6041 else
6042 return (FALSE);
6043 }
6044
6045 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6046 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
6047 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
6048 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
6049 of the unwind spaces. */
6050
6051 static void
6052 pa_build_unwind_subspace (call_info)
6053 struct call_info *call_info;
6054 {
6055 char *unwind;
6056 asection *seg, *save_seg;
6057 subsegT save_subseg;
6058 unsigned int i;
6059 int reloc;
6060 char c, *p;
6061
6062 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
6063 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6064 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
6065 return;
6066
6067 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6068 save_seg = now_seg;
6069 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6070 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6071 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6072 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6073 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6074 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6075 {
6076 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6077 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6078 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6079 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6080 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6081 }
6082
6083 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6084
6085 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6086 descriptor. */
6087 p = frag_more (4);
6088 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6089
6090 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6091 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6092 call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6093 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6094 e_fsel, 32, 0, NULL);
6095
6096 p = frag_more (4);
6097 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6098
6099 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6100
6101 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6102 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6103 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6104 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6105 finished with its work. */
6106
6107 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6108 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6109 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6110 e_fsel, 32, 0, NULL);
6111
6112 /* Dump it. */
6113 unwind = (char *) &call_info->ci_unwind;
6114 for (i = 8; i < sizeof (struct unwind_table); i++)
6115 {
6116 c = *(unwind + i);
6117 {
6118 FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (c);
6119 }
6120 }
6121
6122 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6123 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6124 }
6125 #endif
6126
6127 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6128 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6129 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6130
6131 static void
6132 pa_callinfo (unused)
6133 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6134 {
6135 char *name, c, *p;
6136 int temp;
6137
6138 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6139 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6140 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6141 #endif
6142
6143 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6144 if (!within_procedure)
6145 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6146
6147 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6148 current procedure. */
6149 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6150
6151 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6152 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6153 {
6154 name = input_line_pointer;
6155 c = get_symbol_end ();
6156 /* Frame size specification. */
6157 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6158 {
6159 p = input_line_pointer;
6160 *p = c;
6161 input_line_pointer++;
6162 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6163 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6164 {
6165 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6166 temp = 0;
6167 }
6168
6169 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6170 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6171
6172 }
6173 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6174 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6175 {
6176 p = input_line_pointer;
6177 *p = c;
6178 input_line_pointer++;
6179 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6180 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6181 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6182 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6183 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6184 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6185 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6186 }
6187 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6188 {
6189 p = input_line_pointer;
6190 *p = c;
6191 input_line_pointer++;
6192 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6193 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6194 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6195 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6196 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6197 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6198 }
6199 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6200 {
6201 p = input_line_pointer;
6202 *p = c;
6203 input_line_pointer++;
6204 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6205 if (temp != 3)
6206 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6207 }
6208 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6209 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6210 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6211 {
6212 p = input_line_pointer;
6213 *p = c;
6214 }
6215 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6216 {
6217 p = input_line_pointer;
6218 *p = c;
6219 }
6220 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6221 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6222 {
6223 p = input_line_pointer;
6224 *p = c;
6225 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6226 }
6227 /* Likewise for SP. */
6228 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6229 {
6230 p = input_line_pointer;
6231 *p = c;
6232 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6233 }
6234 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6235 in the unwind descriptor. */
6236 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6237 {
6238 p = input_line_pointer;
6239 *p = c;
6240 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6241 }
6242 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6243 unwind descriptor. */
6244 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6245 {
6246 p = input_line_pointer;
6247 *p = c;
6248 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6249 }
6250 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6251 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6252 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6253 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6254 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6255 {
6256 p = input_line_pointer;
6257 *p = c;
6258 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6259 }
6260 else
6261 {
6262 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6263 *input_line_pointer = c;
6264 }
6265 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6266 input_line_pointer++;
6267 }
6268
6269 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6270 }
6271
6272 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX))
6273 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6274 label when finished. */
6275 static void
6276 pa_text (unused)
6277 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6278 {
6279 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6280 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6281 current_subspace
6282 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6283 #endif
6284
6285 s_text (0);
6286 pa_undefine_label ();
6287 }
6288
6289 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6290 static void
6291 pa_data (unused)
6292 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6293 {
6294 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6295 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6296 current_subspace
6297 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6298 #endif
6299 s_data (0);
6300 pa_undefine_label ();
6301 }
6302
6303 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6304 the .comm pseudo-op has the following symtax:
6305
6306 <label> .comm <length>
6307
6308 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6309 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6310 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6311 and subspace.
6312
6313 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6314
6315 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6316 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6317 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6318 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6319 a pain.
6320
6321 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6322
6323 static void
6324 pa_comm (unused)
6325 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6326 {
6327 unsigned int size;
6328 symbolS *symbol;
6329 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6330
6331 if (label_symbol)
6332 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6333 else
6334 symbol = NULL;
6335
6336 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6337 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6338
6339 if (symbol)
6340 {
6341 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6342 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6343 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6344
6345 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6346 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6347 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6348 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6349 }
6350 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6351 }
6352 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (TE_LINUX)) */
6353
6354 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6355
6356 static void
6357 pa_end (unused)
6358 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6359 {
6360 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6361 }
6362
6363 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6364 static void
6365 pa_enter (unused)
6366 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6367 {
6368 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6369 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6370 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6371 #endif
6372
6373 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6374 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6375 }
6376
6377 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6378 procesure. */
6379 static void
6380 pa_entry (unused)
6381 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6382 {
6383 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6384 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6385 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6386 #endif
6387
6388 if (!within_procedure)
6389 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6390 else
6391 {
6392 if (!callinfo_found)
6393 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6394 }
6395 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6396 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6397
6398 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6399 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6400 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6401 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6402 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6403
6404 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6405 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6406 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6407 denote the entry and exit points. */
6408 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6409 {
6410 char *where = frag_more (0);
6411
6412 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6413 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6414 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6415 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6416 }
6417 #endif
6418 }
6419
6420 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6421 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6422 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6423 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6424
6425 int
6426 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (resultP, op, rightP)
6427 expressionS *resultP;
6428 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6429 expressionS *rightP;
6430 {
6431 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6432 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6433 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6434 {
6435 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6436 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6437 }
6438 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6439 }
6440
6441 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6442
6443 static void
6444 pa_equ (reg)
6445 int reg;
6446 {
6447 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6448 symbolS *symbol;
6449
6450 if (label_symbol)
6451 {
6452 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6453 if (reg)
6454 {
6455 strict = 1;
6456 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6457 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6458 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6459 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6460 }
6461 else
6462 {
6463 expressionS exp;
6464 segT seg;
6465
6466 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6467 seg = expression (&exp);
6468 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6469 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6470 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6471 {
6472 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6473 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6474 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6475 seg = absolute_section;
6476 }
6477 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6478 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6479 }
6480 }
6481 else
6482 {
6483 if (reg)
6484 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6485 else
6486 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6487 }
6488
6489 pa_undefine_label ();
6490 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6491 }
6492
6493 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6494 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6495 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6496
6497 static void
6498 process_exit ()
6499 {
6500 char *where;
6501
6502 where = frag_more (0);
6503
6504 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6505 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6506 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6507 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6508 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6509 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6510 #else
6511 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6512 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6513 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6514 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6515
6516 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6517 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6518 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6519 denote the entry and exit points. */
6520 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6521 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6522 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6523 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor + 1);
6524 #endif
6525 }
6526
6527 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6528
6529 static void
6530 pa_exit (unused)
6531 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6532 {
6533 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6534 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6535 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6536 #endif
6537
6538 if (!within_procedure)
6539 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6540 else
6541 {
6542 if (!callinfo_found)
6543 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6544 else
6545 {
6546 if (!within_entry_exit)
6547 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6548 else
6549 {
6550 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6551 process_exit ();
6552 }
6553 }
6554 }
6555 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6556 }
6557
6558 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6559 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6560 to callers. */
6561
6562 static void
6563 pa_export (unused)
6564 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6565 {
6566 char *name, c, *p;
6567 symbolS *symbol;
6568
6569 name = input_line_pointer;
6570 c = get_symbol_end ();
6571 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6572 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6573 {
6574 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6575 p = input_line_pointer;
6576 *p = c;
6577 input_line_pointer++;
6578 }
6579 else
6580 {
6581 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6582 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6583 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6584 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6585 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6586 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6587 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6588 p = input_line_pointer;
6589 *p = c;
6590 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6591 {
6592 input_line_pointer++;
6593 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6594 }
6595 }
6596
6597 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6598 }
6599
6600 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6601
6602 static void
6603 pa_type_args (symbolP, is_export)
6604 symbolS *symbolP;
6605 int is_export;
6606 {
6607 char *name, c, *p;
6608 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6609 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6610 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6611
6612 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6613
6614 {
6615 input_line_pointer += 8;
6616 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6617 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6618 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6619 }
6620 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6621 {
6622 input_line_pointer += 4;
6623 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6624 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6625
6626 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6627 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6628 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6629 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6630 {
6631 if (is_export)
6632 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6633 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6634
6635 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6636 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6637 }
6638 else
6639 {
6640 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6641 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6642 }
6643 }
6644 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6645 {
6646 input_line_pointer += 4;
6647 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6648 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6649 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6650 }
6651 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6652 {
6653 input_line_pointer += 5;
6654 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6655 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6656 }
6657 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6658 {
6659 input_line_pointer += 9;
6660 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6661 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6662 {
6663 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6664 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6665 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6666 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6667 }
6668 #endif
6669 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6670 }
6671 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6672 {
6673 input_line_pointer += 6;
6674 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6675 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6676 }
6677 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6678 {
6679 input_line_pointer += 8;
6680 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6681 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6682 }
6683 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6684 {
6685 input_line_pointer += 8;
6686 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6687 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6688 }
6689
6690 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6691 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6692 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6693 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6694 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6695 #endif
6696
6697 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6698 handle any argument relocation information. */
6699 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6700 {
6701 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6702 input_line_pointer++;
6703 name = input_line_pointer;
6704 c = get_symbol_end ();
6705 /* Argument sources. */
6706 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6707 {
6708 p = input_line_pointer;
6709 *p = c;
6710 input_line_pointer++;
6711 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6712 name = input_line_pointer;
6713 c = get_symbol_end ();
6714 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6715 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6716 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6717 #endif
6718 *input_line_pointer = c;
6719 }
6720 /* The return value. */
6721 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6722 {
6723 p = input_line_pointer;
6724 *p = c;
6725 input_line_pointer++;
6726 name = input_line_pointer;
6727 c = get_symbol_end ();
6728 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6729 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6730 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6731 #endif
6732 *input_line_pointer = c;
6733 }
6734 /* Privelege level. */
6735 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6736 {
6737 p = input_line_pointer;
6738 *p = c;
6739 input_line_pointer++;
6740 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6741 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6742 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6743 #endif
6744 c = get_symbol_end ();
6745 *input_line_pointer = c;
6746 }
6747 else
6748 {
6749 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6750 p = input_line_pointer;
6751 *p = c;
6752 }
6753 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6754 input_line_pointer++;
6755 }
6756 }
6757
6758 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6759 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6760 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6761
6762 static void
6763 pa_import (unused)
6764 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6765 {
6766 char *name, c, *p;
6767 symbolS *symbol;
6768
6769 name = input_line_pointer;
6770 c = get_symbol_end ();
6771
6772 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6773 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6774 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6775 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6776 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6777 {
6778 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6779 p = input_line_pointer;
6780 *p = c;
6781
6782 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6783 {
6784 input_line_pointer++;
6785 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6786 }
6787 else
6788 {
6789 /* Sigh. To be compatable with the HP assembler and to help
6790 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6791 the the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6792 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6793 if (now_seg == text_section)
6794 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6795
6796 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6797 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6798 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6799 }
6800 }
6801 else
6802 {
6803 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6804 the end of the current statement. */
6805 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6806 input_line_pointer++;
6807 }
6808
6809 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6810 }
6811
6812 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6813
6814 static void
6815 pa_label (unused)
6816 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6817 {
6818 char *name, c, *p;
6819
6820 name = input_line_pointer;
6821 c = get_symbol_end ();
6822
6823 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6824 {
6825 colon (name);
6826 p = input_line_pointer;
6827 *p = c;
6828 }
6829 else
6830 {
6831 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6832 }
6833
6834 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6835 {
6836 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6837 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6838 }
6839 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6840 }
6841
6842 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6843
6844 static void
6845 pa_leave (unused)
6846 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6847 {
6848 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6849 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6850 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6851 #endif
6852
6853 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6854 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6855 }
6856
6857 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6858
6859 static void
6860 pa_level (unused)
6861 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6862 {
6863 char *level;
6864
6865 level = input_line_pointer;
6866 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6867 {
6868 input_line_pointer += 3;
6869 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6870 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6871 }
6872 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6873 {
6874 input_line_pointer += 3;
6875 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6876 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6877 }
6878 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6879 {
6880 input_line_pointer += 4;
6881 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6882 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6883 }
6884 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6885 {
6886 input_line_pointer += 3;
6887 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6888 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6889 }
6890 else
6891 {
6892 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6893 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6894 }
6895 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6896 }
6897
6898 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6899
6900 static void
6901 pa_origin (unused)
6902 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6903 {
6904 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6905 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6906 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6907 #endif
6908
6909 s_org (0);
6910 pa_undefine_label ();
6911 }
6912
6913 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6914 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6915
6916 static void
6917 pa_param (unused)
6918 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6919 {
6920 char *name, c, *p;
6921 symbolS *symbol;
6922
6923 name = input_line_pointer;
6924 c = get_symbol_end ();
6925
6926 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6927 {
6928 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6929 p = input_line_pointer;
6930 *p = c;
6931 input_line_pointer++;
6932 }
6933 else
6934 {
6935 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6936 p = input_line_pointer;
6937 *p = c;
6938 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6939 {
6940 input_line_pointer++;
6941 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6942 }
6943 }
6944
6945 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6946 }
6947
6948 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6949 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6950
6951 static void
6952 pa_proc (unused)
6953 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
6954 {
6955 struct call_info *call_info;
6956
6957 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6958 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6959 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6960 #endif
6961
6962 if (within_procedure)
6963 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6964
6965 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6966 callinfo_found = FALSE;
6967 within_procedure = TRUE;
6968
6969 /* Create another call_info structure. */
6970 call_info = (struct call_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
6971
6972 if (!call_info)
6973 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6974
6975 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
6976
6977 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
6978
6979 if (call_info_root == NULL)
6980 {
6981 call_info_root = call_info;
6982 last_call_info = call_info;
6983 }
6984 else
6985 {
6986 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
6987 last_call_info = call_info;
6988 }
6989
6990 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
6991
6992 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
6993 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
6994 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
6995
6996 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
6997 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
6998 {
6999 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7000
7001 if (label_symbol)
7002 {
7003 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7004 {
7005 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7006 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7007 }
7008 else
7009 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7010 }
7011 else
7012 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7013 }
7014
7015 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7016 }
7017
7018 /* Process the syntatical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7019 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7020
7021 static void
7022 pa_procend (unused)
7023 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7024 {
7025
7026 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7027 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7028 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7029 #endif
7030
7031 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7032 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7033 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7034
7035 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7036 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7037 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7038 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7039 {
7040 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7041
7042 if (label_symbol)
7043 {
7044 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7045 {
7046 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7047 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7048 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7049 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7050 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7051 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7052 if (within_entry_exit)
7053 {
7054 char *where = frag_more (0);
7055
7056 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7057 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7058 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0,
7059 (int *) &last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7060 }
7061 #endif
7062 }
7063 else
7064 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7065 }
7066 else
7067 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7068 }
7069
7070 if (!within_procedure)
7071 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7072
7073 if (!callinfo_found)
7074 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7075
7076 if (within_entry_exit)
7077 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7078
7079 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7080 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7081 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7082 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7083 #endif
7084
7085 within_procedure = FALSE;
7086 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7087 pa_undefine_label ();
7088 }
7089
7090 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7091 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7092 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7093
7094 static int
7095 log2 (value)
7096 int value;
7097 {
7098 int shift = 0;
7099
7100 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7101 shift++;
7102
7103 if (shift >= 32)
7104 return -1;
7105 else
7106 return shift;
7107 }
7108
7109 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7110
7111 static void
7112 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ()
7113 {
7114 if (current_space == NULL)
7115 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7116
7117 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7118 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7119 }
7120
7121 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7122 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7123 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7124
7125 static sd_chain_struct *
7126 pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, create_flag)
7127 char *space_name;
7128 int create_flag;
7129 {
7130 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7131 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7132 int spnum;
7133 asection *seg = NULL;
7134 sd_chain_struct *space;
7135
7136 /* load default values */
7137 spnum = 0;
7138 sort = 0;
7139 loadable = TRUE;
7140 defined = TRUE;
7141 private = FALSE;
7142 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7143 {
7144 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7145 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7146 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7147 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7148 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7149 }
7150 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7151 {
7152 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7153 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7154 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7155 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7156 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7157 }
7158
7159 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7160 {
7161 print_errors = FALSE;
7162 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7163 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7164 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7165 the line should be ignored. */
7166 strict = 0;
7167 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7168 if (pa_number >= 0)
7169 {
7170 spnum = pa_number;
7171 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7172 }
7173 else
7174 {
7175 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7176 {
7177 input_line_pointer++;
7178 name = input_line_pointer;
7179 c = get_symbol_end ();
7180 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7181 {
7182 *input_line_pointer = c;
7183 input_line_pointer++;
7184 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7185 }
7186 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7187 {
7188 *input_line_pointer = c;
7189 input_line_pointer++;
7190 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7191 }
7192 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7193 {
7194 *input_line_pointer = c;
7195 loadable = FALSE;
7196 }
7197 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7198 {
7199 *input_line_pointer = c;
7200 defined = FALSE;
7201 }
7202 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7203 {
7204 *input_line_pointer = c;
7205 private = TRUE;
7206 }
7207 else
7208 {
7209 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7210 *input_line_pointer = c;
7211 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7212 input_line_pointer++;
7213 }
7214 }
7215 }
7216 print_errors = TRUE;
7217 }
7218
7219 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7220 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7221
7222 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7223 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7224 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7225 the first occurence of a built-in space. */
7226 if (create_flag)
7227 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7228 private, sort, seg, 1);
7229 else
7230 {
7231 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7232 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7233 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7234 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7235 }
7236
7237 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7238 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7239 #endif
7240
7241 return space;
7242 }
7243
7244 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7245 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7246
7247 static void
7248 pa_space (unused)
7249 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7250 {
7251 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7252 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7253
7254 if (within_procedure)
7255 {
7256 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7257 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7258 }
7259 else
7260 {
7261 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7262 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7263 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7264 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7265 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7266 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7267 {
7268 input_line_pointer += 6;
7269 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7270 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7271 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7272 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7273 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7274
7275 current_space = sd_chain;
7276 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7277 current_subspace
7278 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7279 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7280 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7281 return;
7282 }
7283 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7284 {
7285 input_line_pointer += 9;
7286 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7287 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7288 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7289 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7290 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7291
7292 current_space = sd_chain;
7293 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7294 current_subspace
7295 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7296 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7297 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7298 return;
7299 }
7300 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7301 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7302 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7303 {
7304 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7305 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7306 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7307 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7308 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7309 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7310
7311 current_space = sd_chain;
7312
7313 {
7314 asection *gdb_section
7315 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7316
7317 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7318 current_subspace
7319 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7320 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7321 }
7322 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7323 return;
7324 }
7325
7326 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7327 print_errors = 0;
7328 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7329 strict = 0;
7330 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7331 if (pa_number >= 0)
7332 {
7333 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7334 {
7335 current_space = sd_chain;
7336
7337 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7338 current_subspace
7339 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7340 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7341 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7342 return;
7343 }
7344 }
7345
7346 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7347 print_errors = 1;
7348 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7349 name = input_line_pointer;
7350 c = get_symbol_end ();
7351 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7352 strcpy (space_name, name);
7353 *input_line_pointer = c;
7354
7355 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7356 current_space = sd_chain;
7357
7358 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7359 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7360 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7361 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7362 }
7363 }
7364
7365 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7366
7367 static void
7368 pa_spnum (unused)
7369 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
7370 {
7371 char *name;
7372 char c;
7373 char *p;
7374 sd_chain_struct *space;
7375
7376 name = input_line_pointer;
7377 c = get_symbol_end ();
7378 space = is_defined_space (name);
7379 if (space)
7380 {
7381 p = frag_more (4);
7382 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7383 }
7384 else
7385 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7386
7387 *input_line_pointer = c;
7388 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7389 }
7390
7391 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7392 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7393
7394 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7395 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7396
7397 static void
7398 pa_subspace (create_new)
7399 int create_new;
7400 {
7401 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7402 char loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7403 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7404 sd_chain_struct *space;
7405 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7406 asection *section;
7407
7408 if (current_space == NULL)
7409 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7410
7411 if (within_procedure)
7412 {
7413 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7414 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7415 }
7416 else
7417 {
7418 name = input_line_pointer;
7419 c = get_symbol_end ();
7420 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7421 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7422 *input_line_pointer = c;
7423
7424 /* Load default values. */
7425 sort = 0;
7426 access = 0x7f;
7427 loadable = 1;
7428 common = 0;
7429 dup_common = 0;
7430 code_only = 0;
7431 zero = 0;
7432 space_index = ~0;
7433 alignment = 1;
7434 quadrant = 0;
7435
7436 space = current_space;
7437 if (create_new)
7438 ssd = NULL;
7439 else
7440 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7441 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7442 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7443 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7444 {
7445 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7446 current_subspace = ssd;
7447 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7448 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7449 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7450 return;
7451 }
7452 else
7453 {
7454 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7455 the builtin subspaces. */
7456 i = 0;
7457 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7458 {
7459 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7460 {
7461 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7462 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7463 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7464 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7465 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7466 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7467 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7468 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7469 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7470 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7471 break;
7472 }
7473 i++;
7474 }
7475 }
7476
7477 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7478 any information as specified by the user. */
7479 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7480 {
7481 input_line_pointer++;
7482 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7483 {
7484 name = input_line_pointer;
7485 c = get_symbol_end ();
7486 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7487 {
7488 *input_line_pointer = c;
7489 input_line_pointer++;
7490 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7491 }
7492 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7493 {
7494 *input_line_pointer = c;
7495 input_line_pointer++;
7496 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7497 if (log2 (alignment) == -1)
7498 {
7499 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7500 alignment = 1;
7501 }
7502 }
7503 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7504 {
7505 *input_line_pointer = c;
7506 input_line_pointer++;
7507 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7508 }
7509 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7510 {
7511 *input_line_pointer = c;
7512 input_line_pointer++;
7513 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7514 }
7515 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7516 {
7517 *input_line_pointer = c;
7518 code_only = 1;
7519 }
7520 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7521 {
7522 *input_line_pointer = c;
7523 loadable = 0;
7524 }
7525 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7526 {
7527 *input_line_pointer = c;
7528 common = 1;
7529 }
7530 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7531 {
7532 *input_line_pointer = c;
7533 dup_common = 1;
7534 }
7535 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7536 {
7537 *input_line_pointer = c;
7538 zero = 1;
7539 }
7540 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7541 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7542 else
7543 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7544 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7545 input_line_pointer++;
7546 }
7547 }
7548
7549 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7550 in the .subspace directive. */
7551 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7552 flags = 0;
7553 if (loadable)
7554 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7555 if (code_only)
7556 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7557 if (common || dup_common)
7558 flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7559
7560 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7561
7562 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7563 if (zero)
7564 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7565
7566 applicable &= flags;
7567
7568 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7569 segment already associated with the subspace.
7570
7571 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7572 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7573 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7574 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7575 if (create_new)
7576 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7577 else if (ssd)
7578 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7579 else
7580 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7581
7582 if (zero)
7583 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7584
7585 /* Now set the flags. */
7586 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7587
7588 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7589 record_alignment (section, log2 (alignment));
7590
7591 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7592 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7593 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7594
7595 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7596 or create a new one. */
7597 if (ssd)
7598
7599 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7600 code_only, common, dup_common,
7601 sort, zero, access, space_index,
7602 alignment, quadrant,
7603 section);
7604 else
7605 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7606 code_only, common,
7607 dup_common, zero, sort,
7608 access, space_index,
7609 alignment, quadrant, section);
7610
7611 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7612 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7613 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7614 }
7615 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7616 }
7617
7618 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7619
7620 static void
7621 pa_spaces_begin ()
7622 {
7623 int i;
7624
7625 space_dict_root = NULL;
7626 space_dict_last = NULL;
7627
7628 i = 0;
7629 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7630 {
7631 char *name;
7632
7633 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7634 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7635
7636 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7637 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7638 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7639 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7640 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7641 i++;
7642 }
7643
7644 i = 0;
7645 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7646 {
7647 char *name;
7648 int applicable, subsegment;
7649 asection *segment = NULL;
7650 sd_chain_struct *space;
7651
7652 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7653 subsegment number. */
7654 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7655 subsegment = 0;
7656
7657 /* Create the new section. */
7658 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7659
7660 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7661 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7662 all the built-in subspaces. */
7663 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7664 {
7665 text_section = segment;
7666 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7667 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7668 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7669 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7670 | SEC_READONLY
7671 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7672 }
7673 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7674 {
7675 data_section = segment;
7676 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7677 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7678 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7679 | SEC_RELOC
7680 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7681
7682 }
7683 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7684 {
7685 bss_section = segment;
7686 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7687 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7688 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7689 }
7690 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7691 {
7692 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7693 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7694 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7695 | SEC_RELOC
7696 | SEC_READONLY
7697 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7698 }
7699 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7700 {
7701 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7702 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7703 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7704 | SEC_RELOC
7705 | SEC_READONLY
7706 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7707 }
7708 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7709 {
7710 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7711 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7712 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7713 | SEC_RELOC
7714 | SEC_READONLY
7715 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7716 }
7717
7718 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7719 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7720 def_space_index].segment);
7721 if (space == NULL)
7722 {
7723 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7724 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7725 }
7726
7727 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7728 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7729 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7730 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7731 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7732 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7733 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7734 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7735 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7736 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7737 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7738 segment);
7739 i++;
7740 }
7741 }
7742
7743 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7744 by the given parameters. */
7745
7746 static sd_chain_struct *
7747 create_new_space (name, spnum, loadable, defined, private,
7748 sort, seg, user_defined)
7749 char *name;
7750 int spnum;
7751 int loadable;
7752 int defined;
7753 int private;
7754 int sort;
7755 asection *seg;
7756 int user_defined;
7757 {
7758 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7759
7760 chain_entry = (sd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7761 if (!chain_entry)
7762 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7763 name);
7764
7765 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7766 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7767 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7768 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7769 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7770
7771 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7772 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7773 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7774 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7775
7776 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7777 if (!space_dict_last)
7778 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7779
7780 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7781 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7782 else
7783 {
7784 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7785 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7786
7787 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7788 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7789
7790 while (chain_pointer)
7791 {
7792 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7793 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7794 }
7795
7796 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7797 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7798 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7799 {
7800 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7801 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7802 }
7803 else
7804 {
7805 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7806 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7807 }
7808
7809 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7810 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7811 }
7812
7813 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7814 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7815 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7816 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7817 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7818 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7819 #endif
7820
7821 return chain_entry;
7822 }
7823
7824 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7825 by the given parameters.
7826
7827 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7828 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7829
7830 static ssd_chain_struct *
7831 create_new_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common,
7832 dup_common, is_zero, sort, access, space_index,
7833 alignment, quadrant, seg)
7834 sd_chain_struct *space;
7835 char *name;
7836 int loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, is_zero;
7837 int sort;
7838 int access;
7839 int space_index;
7840 int alignment;
7841 int quadrant;
7842 asection *seg;
7843 {
7844 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7845
7846 chain_entry = (ssd_chain_struct *) xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7847 if (!chain_entry)
7848 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7849
7850 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7851 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7852
7853 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7854 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7855 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7856
7857 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7858 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7859 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7860
7861 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7862 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7863 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7864 else
7865 {
7866 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7867 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7868
7869 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7870 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7871
7872 while (chain_pointer)
7873 {
7874 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7875 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7876 }
7877
7878 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7879 the links. */
7880 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7881 {
7882 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7883 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7884 }
7885 else
7886 {
7887 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7888 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7889 }
7890 }
7891
7892 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7893 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access,
7894 sort, quadrant);
7895 #endif
7896
7897 return chain_entry;
7898 }
7899
7900 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7901 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7902
7903 static ssd_chain_struct *
7904 update_subspace (space, name, loadable, code_only, common, dup_common, sort,
7905 zero, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, section)
7906 sd_chain_struct *space;
7907 char *name;
7908 int loadable;
7909 int code_only;
7910 int common;
7911 int dup_common;
7912 int zero;
7913 int sort;
7914 int access;
7915 int space_index;
7916 int alignment;
7917 int quadrant;
7918 asection *section;
7919 {
7920 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7921
7922 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7923
7924 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7925 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access,
7926 sort, quadrant);
7927 #endif
7928
7929 return chain_entry;
7930 }
7931
7932 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7933 NULL if no such space exists. */
7934
7935 static sd_chain_struct *
7936 is_defined_space (name)
7937 char *name;
7938 {
7939 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7940
7941 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7942 chain_pointer;
7943 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7944 {
7945 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7946 return chain_pointer;
7947 }
7948
7949 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7950 return NULL;
7951 }
7952
7953 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7954 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7955
7956 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7957 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7958
7959 static sd_chain_struct *
7960 pa_segment_to_space (seg)
7961 asection *seg;
7962 {
7963 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7964
7965 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7966 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7967 space_chain;
7968 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7969 {
7970 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7971 return space_chain;
7972 }
7973
7974 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
7975 return NULL;
7976 }
7977
7978 /* Return the space chain entry for the subspace with the name NAME or
7979 NULL if no such subspace exists.
7980
7981 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
7982 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
7983 own subspace. */
7984
7985 static ssd_chain_struct *
7986 is_defined_subspace (name)
7987 char *name;
7988 {
7989 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7990 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7991
7992 /* Walk through each space. */
7993 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7994 space_chain;
7995 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7996 {
7997 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
7998 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7999 subspace_chain;
8000 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8001 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8002 return subspace_chain;
8003 }
8004
8005 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8006 return NULL;
8007 }
8008
8009 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8010 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8011
8012 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8013 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8014 to become more efficient. */
8015
8016 static ssd_chain_struct *
8017 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (seg, subseg)
8018 asection *seg;
8019 subsegT subseg;
8020 {
8021 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8022 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8023
8024 /* Walk through each space. */
8025 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8026 space_chain;
8027 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8028 {
8029 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8030 {
8031 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8032 the correct mapping. */
8033 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8034 subspace_chain;
8035 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8036 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8037 return subspace_chain;
8038 }
8039 }
8040
8041 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8042 return NULL;
8043 }
8044
8045 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8046
8047 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8048 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8049
8050 static sd_chain_struct *
8051 pa_find_space_by_number (number)
8052 int number;
8053 {
8054 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8055
8056 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8057 space_chain;
8058 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8059 {
8060 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8061 return space_chain;
8062 }
8063
8064 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8065 return NULL;
8066 }
8067
8068 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8069 address is unknown then return zero. */
8070
8071 static unsigned int
8072 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)
8073 sd_chain_struct *space;
8074 int quadrant;
8075 {
8076 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8077 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8078 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8079 return 0x40000000;
8080 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8081 return 0x40000000;
8082 else
8083 return 0;
8084 return 0;
8085 }
8086
8087 /* FIXME. Needs documentation. */
8088 static int
8089 pa_next_subseg (space)
8090 sd_chain_struct *space;
8091 {
8092
8093 space->sd_last_subseg++;
8094 return space->sd_last_subseg;
8095 }
8096 #endif
8097
8098 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8099 a string. */
8100
8101 static unsigned int
8102 pa_stringer_aux (s)
8103 char *s;
8104 {
8105 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8106
8107 switch (c)
8108 {
8109 case '\"':
8110 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8111 break;
8112 default:
8113 break;
8114 }
8115 return c;
8116 }
8117
8118 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8119
8120 static void
8121 pa_stringer (append_zero)
8122 int append_zero;
8123 {
8124 char *s, num_buf[4];
8125 unsigned int c;
8126 int i;
8127
8128 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8129 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8130 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8131
8132 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8133 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8134 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8135 #endif
8136
8137 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8138 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8139
8140 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8141 {
8142 if (c == '\\')
8143 {
8144 c = *s;
8145 switch (c)
8146 {
8147 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8148 case 'x':
8149 {
8150 unsigned int number;
8151 int num_digit;
8152 char dg;
8153 char *s_start = s;
8154
8155 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8156 s++;
8157 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8158 num_digit < 2
8159 && (isdigit (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8160 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8161 num_digit++)
8162 {
8163 if (isdigit (dg))
8164 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8165 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8166 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8167 else
8168 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8169
8170 s++;
8171 dg = *s;
8172 }
8173 if (num_digit > 0)
8174 {
8175 switch (num_digit)
8176 {
8177 case 1:
8178 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8179 break;
8180 case 2:
8181 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8182 break;
8183 }
8184 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8185 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8186 }
8187 break;
8188 }
8189 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8190 default:
8191 s++;
8192 break;
8193 }
8194 }
8195 }
8196 stringer (append_zero);
8197 pa_undefine_label ();
8198 }
8199
8200 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8201
8202 static void
8203 pa_version (unused)
8204 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8205 {
8206 obj_version (0);
8207 pa_undefine_label ();
8208 }
8209
8210 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8211
8212 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8213
8214 static void
8215 pa_compiler (unused)
8216 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8217 {
8218 obj_som_compiler (0);
8219 pa_undefine_label ();
8220 }
8221
8222 #endif
8223
8224 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8225
8226 static void
8227 pa_copyright (unused)
8228 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8229 {
8230 obj_copyright (0);
8231 pa_undefine_label ();
8232 }
8233
8234 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8235 the latest space label. */
8236
8237 static void
8238 pa_cons (nbytes)
8239 int nbytes;
8240 {
8241 cons (nbytes);
8242 pa_undefine_label ();
8243 }
8244
8245 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8246
8247 static void
8248 pa_float_cons (float_type)
8249 int float_type;
8250 {
8251 float_cons (float_type);
8252 pa_undefine_label ();
8253 }
8254
8255 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8256
8257 static void
8258 pa_fill (unused)
8259 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8260 {
8261 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8262 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8263 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8264 #endif
8265
8266 s_fill (0);
8267 pa_undefine_label ();
8268 }
8269
8270 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8271
8272 static void
8273 pa_lcomm (needs_align)
8274 int needs_align;
8275 {
8276 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8277 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8278 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8279 #endif
8280
8281 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8282 pa_undefine_label ();
8283 }
8284
8285 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8286
8287 static void
8288 pa_lsym (unused)
8289 int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8290 {
8291 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8292 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8293 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8294 #endif
8295
8296 s_lsym (0);
8297 pa_undefine_label ();
8298 }
8299
8300 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8301 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8302 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8303
8304 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8305 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8306 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8307 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8308 with the address of "foo").
8309
8310 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8311 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8312 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8313
8314 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8315 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8316 selectors).
8317
8318 Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8319 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.
8320
8321 FIXME. Also reject R_HPPA relocations which are 32bits wide in
8322 the code space. The SOM BFD backend doesn't know how to pull the
8323 right bits out of an instruction. */
8324
8325 int
8326 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixp)
8327 fixS *fixp;
8328 {
8329 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8330
8331 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8332
8333 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8334 /* Reject reductions of symbols in 32bit relocs. */
8335 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA && hppa_fix->fx_r_format == 32)
8336 return 0;
8337 #endif
8338
8339 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8340 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8341 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8342 return 0;
8343 #endif
8344
8345 if (fixp->fx_addsy && (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy)
8346 || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy)))
8347 return 0;
8348
8349 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8350 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8351
8352 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8353 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8354 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8355 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8356 && fixp->fx_subsy
8357 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8358 {
8359 /* Apparently sy_used_in_reloc never gets set for sub symbols. */
8360 symbol_mark_used_in_reloc (fixp->fx_subsy);
8361 return 0;
8362 }
8363
8364 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8365
8366 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8367 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8368 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8369 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8370 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8371 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8372 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8373 sum to the right value.
8374
8375 eg. Suppose we have
8376 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8377 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8378 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8379
8380 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8381 reducing to the section symbol we get
8382 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8383 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8384 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8385 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8386 mutiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8387
8388 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8389 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8390 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8391 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8392 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8393
8394 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8395 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8396 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8397 return 0;
8398
8399 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8400 relocations with plabels. */
8401 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8402 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8403 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8404 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8405 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8406 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8407 return 0;
8408
8409 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8410 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8411 return 0;
8412
8413 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8414 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8415 return 0;
8416
8417 return 1;
8418 }
8419
8420 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8421 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8422 within GAS. */
8423
8424 int
8425 hppa_force_relocation (fixp)
8426 struct fix *fixp;
8427 {
8428 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8429
8430 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8431 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8432 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8433 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8434 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8435 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8436 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8437 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8438 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8439 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8440 return 1;
8441 #endif
8442 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8443 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8444 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8445 return 1;
8446 #endif
8447
8448 assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8449
8450 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8451 linking works. */
8452 if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixp->fx_addsy) || S_IS_WEAK (fixp->fx_addsy))
8453 return 1;
8454
8455 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8456 entry if they're going to need either a argument relocation or long
8457 call stub. */
8458 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8459 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8460 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8461 return 1;
8462
8463 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8464 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8465 {
8466 valueT distance;
8467
8468 distance = (fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy)
8469 - md_pcrel_from (fixp) - 8);
8470 if (distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8471 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17 && distance + 262144 >= 524288)
8472 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8473 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12 && distance + 8192 >= 16384)
8474 #endif
8475 )
8476 return 1;
8477 }
8478
8479 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8480 return 1;
8481
8482 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8483 return 0;
8484 }
8485
8486 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8487 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8488 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
8489 the size of the function in hppa_elf_final_processing. */
8490
8491 static void
8492 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ()
8493 {
8494 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
8495 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
8496 char *name;
8497
8498 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
8499 {
8500 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
8501 or other problems. */
8502 return;
8503 }
8504
8505 name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
8506 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
8507 + 1);
8508 if (name)
8509 {
8510 symbolS *symbolP;
8511
8512 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
8513 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
8514
8515 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
8516 symbol will have already been defined. */
8517 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
8518 if (symbolP)
8519 {
8520 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
8521 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
8522
8523 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
8524 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
8525 xfree (name);
8526 }
8527 else
8528 {
8529 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
8530 last instruction of the function */
8531 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
8532 frag_now);
8533
8534 assert (symbolP);
8535 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
8536 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
8537 }
8538
8539 if (symbolP)
8540 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
8541 else
8542 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
8543
8544 }
8545 else
8546 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
8547
8548 }
8549
8550 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8551 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8552 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8553 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8554
8555 void
8556 elf_hppa_final_processing ()
8557 {
8558 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8559
8560 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8561 call_info_pointer;
8562 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8563 {
8564 elf_symbol_type *esym
8565 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8566 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8567 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8568 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8569 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8570 }
8571 }
8572
8573 static void
8574 pa_vtable_entry (ignore)
8575 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8576 {
8577 struct fix *new_fix;
8578
8579 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8580
8581 if (new_fix)
8582 {
8583 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8584 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8585 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8586 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8587 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8588 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8589 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8590 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8591 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8592 }
8593 }
8594
8595 static void
8596 pa_vtable_inherit (ignore)
8597 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
8598 {
8599 struct fix *new_fix;
8600
8601 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8602
8603 if (new_fix)
8604 {
8605 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *)
8606 obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8607 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8608 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8609 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8610 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8611 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8612 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8613 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8614 }
8615 }
8616 #endif